Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1f822b28 JH |
1 | |
2 | !!!!!!! DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE !!!!!!! | |
3 | This file is built by metaconfig. | |
4 | ||
d7418ba7 | 5 | This file contains a description of all the shell variables whose value is |
6 | determined by the Configure script. Variables intended for use in C | |
269a7913 | 7 | programs (e.g. I_UNISTD) are already described in config_h.SH. [`configpm' |
ebc74a4b | 8 | generates pod documentation for Config.pm from this file--please try to keep |
24412007 | 9 | the formatting regular.] |
d7418ba7 | 10 | |
781b178c | 11 | _a (Unix.U): |
9285ede2 | 12 | This variable defines the extension used for ordinary library files. |
781b178c JH |
13 | For unix, it is '.a'. The '.' is included. Other possible |
14 | values include '.lib'. | |
15 | ||
16 | _exe (Unix.U): | |
17 | This variable defines the extension used for executable files. | |
24412007 JH |
18 | DJGPP, Cygwin and OS/2 use '.exe'. Stratus VOS uses '.pm'. |
19 | On operating systems which do not require a specific extension | |
20 | for executable files, this variable is empty. | |
781b178c JH |
21 | |
22 | _o (Unix.U): | |
23 | This variable defines the extension used for object files. | |
24 | For unix, it is '.o'. The '.' is included. Other possible | |
25 | values include '.obj'. | |
26 | ||
27 | afs (afs.U): | |
28 | This variable is set to 'true' if AFS (Andrew File System) is used | |
29 | on the system, 'false' otherwise. It is possible to override this | |
30 | with a hint value or command line option, but you'd better know | |
31 | what you are doing. | |
32 | ||
a6d26a0d JH |
33 | afsroot (afs.U): |
34 | This variable is by default set to '/afs'. In the unlikely case | |
35 | this is not the correct root, it is possible to override this with | |
36 | a hint value or command line option. This will be used in subsequent | |
776a38e3 | 37 | tests for AFSness in the configure and test process. |
a6d26a0d | 38 | |
781b178c JH |
39 | alignbytes (alignbytes.U): |
40 | This variable holds the number of bytes required to align a | |
87b71857 JH |
41 | double-- or a long double when applicable. Usual values are |
42 | 2, 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. | |
781b178c JH |
43 | |
44 | aphostname (d_gethname.U): | |
45 | This variable contains the command which can be used to compute the | |
46 | host name. The command is fully qualified by its absolute path, to make | |
47 | it safe when used by a process with super-user privileges. | |
48 | ||
ff935051 JH |
49 | api_revision (patchlevel.U): |
50 | The three variables, api_revision, api_version, and | |
51 | api_subversion, specify the version of the oldest perl binary | |
52 | compatible with the present perl. In a full version string | |
53 | such as '5.6.1', api_revision is the '5'. | |
54 | Prior to 5.5.640, the format was a floating point number, | |
55 | like 5.00563. | |
9c20e9bc JH |
56 | |
57 | perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically search in | |
ff935051 JH |
58 | $sitelib/.. for older directories back to the limit specified |
59 | by these api_ variables. This is only useful if you have a | |
60 | perl library directory tree structured like the default one. | |
61 | See INSTALL for how this works. The versioned site_perl | |
62 | directory was introduced in 5.005, so that is the lowest | |
63 | possible value. The version list appropriate for the current | |
64 | system is determined in inc_version_list.U. | |
9c20e9bc JH |
65 | |
66 | XXX To do: Since compatibility can depend on compile time | |
08e5223a | 67 | options (such as bincompat, longlong, etc.) it should |
ff935051 JH |
68 | (perhaps) be set by Configure, but currently it isn't. |
69 | Currently, we read a hard-wired value from patchlevel.h. | |
70 | Perhaps what we ought to do is take the hard-wired value from | |
71 | patchlevel.h but then modify it if the current Configure | |
72 | options warrant. patchlevel.h then would use an #ifdef guard. | |
73 | ||
74 | api_subversion (patchlevel.U): | |
75 | The three variables, api_revision, api_version, and | |
76 | api_subversion, specify the version of the oldest perl binary | |
77 | compatible with the present perl. In a full version string | |
78 | such as '5.6.1', api_subversion is the '1'. See api_revision for | |
79 | full details. | |
80 | ||
81 | api_version (patchlevel.U): | |
82 | The three variables, api_revision, api_version, and | |
83 | api_subversion, specify the version of the oldest perl binary | |
84 | compatible with the present perl. In a full version string | |
85 | such as '5.6.1', api_version is the '6'. See api_revision for | |
86 | full details. As a special case, 5.5.0 is rendered in the | |
87 | old-style as 5.005. (In the 5.005_0x maintenance series, | |
88 | this was the only versioned directory in $sitelib.) | |
89 | ||
90 | api_versionstring (patchlevel.U): | |
91 | This variable combines api_revision, api_version, and | |
92 | api_subversion in a format such as 5.6.1 (or 5_6_1) suitable | |
93 | for use as a directory name. This is filesystem dependent. | |
781b178c JH |
94 | |
95 | ar (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 96 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
97 | full pathname (if any) of the ar program. After Configure runs, |
98 | the value is reset to a plain "ar" and is not useful. | |
99 | ||
100 | archlib (archlib.U): | |
101 | This variable holds the name of the directory in which the user wants | |
102 | to put architecture-dependent public library files for $package. | |
103 | It is most often a local directory such as /usr/local/lib. | |
104 | Programs using this variable must be prepared to deal | |
105 | with filename expansion. | |
106 | ||
107 | archlibexp (archlib.U): | |
108 | This variable is the same as the archlib variable, but is | |
109 | filename expanded at configuration time, for convenient use. | |
110 | ||
781b178c JH |
111 | archname (archname.U): |
112 | This variable is a short name to characterize the current | |
113 | architecture. It is used mainly to construct the default archlib. | |
114 | ||
1a474c3e AC |
115 | archname64 (use64bits.U): |
116 | This variable is used for the 64-bitness part of $archname. | |
117 | ||
781b178c JH |
118 | archobjs (Unix.U): |
119 | This variable defines any additional objects that must be linked | |
120 | in with the program on this architecture. On unix, it is usually | |
121 | empty. It is typically used to include emulations of unix calls | |
122 | or other facilities. For perl on OS/2, for example, this would | |
123 | include os2/os2.obj. | |
124 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
125 | asctime_r_proto (d_asctime_r.U): |
126 | This variable encodes the prototype of asctime_r. | |
39183afa JH |
127 | It is zero if d_asctime_r is undef, and one of the |
128 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_asctime_r | |
129 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 130 | |
781b178c | 131 | awk (Loc.U): |
5bf26616 | 132 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
133 | full pathname (if any) of the awk program. After Configure runs, |
134 | the value is reset to a plain "awk" and is not useful. | |
135 | ||
136 | baserev (baserev.U): | |
137 | The base revision level of this package, from the .package file. | |
138 | ||
139 | bash (Loc.U): | |
140 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 141 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
142 | |
143 | bin (bin.U): | |
144 | This variable holds the name of the directory in which the user wants | |
145 | to put publicly executable images for the package in question. It | |
146 | is most often a local directory such as /usr/local/bin. Programs using | |
147 | this variable must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. | |
148 | ||
f1ce3bf1 MB |
149 | bin_ELF (dlsrc.U): |
150 | This variable saves the result from configure if generated binaries | |
151 | are in ELF format. Only set to defined when the test has actually | |
152 | been performed, and the result was positive. | |
153 | ||
781b178c JH |
154 | binexp (bin.U): |
155 | This is the same as the bin variable, but is filename expanded at | |
156 | configuration time, for use in your makefiles. | |
157 | ||
158 | bison (Loc.U): | |
2d967e39 JH |
159 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
160 | full pathname (if any) of the bison program. After Configure runs, | |
161 | the value is reset to a plain "bison" and is not useful. | |
781b178c JH |
162 | |
163 | byacc (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 164 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
165 | full pathname (if any) of the byacc program. After Configure runs, |
166 | the value is reset to a plain "byacc" and is not useful. | |
167 | ||
168 | byteorder (byteorder.U): | |
24412007 JH |
169 | This variable holds the byte order in a UV. In the following, |
170 | larger digits indicate more significance. The variable byteorder | |
171 | is either 4321 on a big-endian machine, or 1234 on a little-endian, | |
172 | or 87654321 on a Cray ... or 3412 with weird order ! | |
781b178c JH |
173 | |
174 | c (n.U): | |
175 | This variable contains the \c string if that is what causes the echo | |
176 | command to suppress newline. Otherwise it is null. Correct usage is | |
177 | $echo $n "prompt for a question: $c". | |
178 | ||
179 | castflags (d_castneg.U): | |
180 | This variable contains a flag that precise difficulties the | |
181 | compiler has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: | |
182 | 0 = ok | |
183 | 1 = couldn't cast < 0 | |
184 | 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 | |
185 | 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list | |
186 | ||
187 | cat (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 188 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
189 | full pathname (if any) of the cat program. After Configure runs, |
190 | the value is reset to a plain "cat" and is not useful. | |
191 | ||
192 | cc (cc.U): | |
193 | This variable holds the name of a command to execute a C compiler which | |
194 | can resolve multiple global references that happen to have the same | |
5869b1f1 JH |
195 | name. Usual values are 'cc' and 'gcc'. |
196 | Fervent ANSI compilers may be called 'c89'. AIX has xlc. | |
781b178c JH |
197 | |
198 | cccdlflags (dlsrc.U): | |
199 | This variable contains any special flags that might need to be | |
200 | passed with 'cc -c' to compile modules to be used to create a shared | |
201 | library that will be used for dynamic loading. For hpux, this | |
202 | should be +z. It is up to the makefile to use it. | |
203 | ||
204 | ccdlflags (dlsrc.U): | |
205 | This variable contains any special flags that might need to be | |
206 | passed to cc to link with a shared library for dynamic loading. | |
207 | It is up to the makefile to use it. For sunos 4.1, it should | |
208 | be empty. | |
209 | ||
210 | ccflags (ccflags.U): | |
211 | This variable contains any additional C compiler flags desired by | |
212 | the user. It is up to the Makefile to use this. | |
213 | ||
af960fef JH |
214 | ccflags_uselargefiles (uselfs.U): |
215 | This variable contains the compiler flags needed by large file builds | |
216 | and added to ccflags by hints files. | |
217 | ||
6b356c8e JH |
218 | ccname (Checkcc.U): |
219 | This can set either by hints files or by Configure. If using | |
220 | gcc, this is gcc, and if not, usually equal to cc, unimpressive, no? | |
221 | Some platforms, however, make good use of this by storing the | |
222 | flavor of the C compiler being used here. For example if using | |
223 | the Sun WorkShop suite, ccname will be 'workshop'. | |
224 | ||
781b178c JH |
225 | ccsymbols (Cppsym.U): |
226 | The variable contains the symbols defined by the C compiler alone. | |
52c7d5b6 JH |
227 | The symbols defined by cpp or by cc when it calls cpp are not in |
228 | this list, see cppsymbols and cppccsymbols. | |
781b178c JH |
229 | The list is a space-separated list of symbol=value tokens. |
230 | ||
6b356c8e JH |
231 | ccversion (Checkcc.U): |
232 | This can set either by hints files or by Configure. If using | |
233 | a (non-gcc) vendor cc, this variable may contain a version for | |
234 | the compiler. | |
235 | ||
781b178c JH |
236 | cf_by (cf_who.U): |
237 | Login name of the person who ran the Configure script and answered the | |
238 | questions. This is used to tag both config.sh and config_h.SH. | |
239 | ||
240 | cf_email (cf_email.U): | |
241 | Electronic mail address of the person who ran Configure. This can be | |
242 | used by units that require the user's e-mail, like MailList.U. | |
243 | ||
244 | cf_time (cf_who.U): | |
245 | Holds the output of the "date" command when the configuration file was | |
246 | produced. This is used to tag both config.sh and config_h.SH. | |
247 | ||
c193ef60 MB |
248 | charbits (charsize.U): |
249 | This variable contains the value of the CHARBITS symbol, which | |
250 | indicates to the C program how many bits there are in a character. | |
251 | ||
252 | charsize (charsize.U): | |
253 | This variable contains the value of the CHARSIZE symbol, which | |
254 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a character. | |
255 | ||
781b178c JH |
256 | chgrp (Loc.U): |
257 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 258 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
259 | |
260 | chmod (Loc.U): | |
2765b840 JH |
261 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
262 | full pathname (if any) of the chmod program. After Configure runs, | |
263 | the value is reset to a plain "chmod" and is not useful. | |
781b178c JH |
264 | |
265 | chown (Loc.U): | |
266 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 267 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
268 | |
269 | clocktype (d_times.U): | |
270 | This variable holds the type returned by times(). It can be long, | |
271 | or clock_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be | |
272 | included). | |
273 | ||
274 | comm (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 275 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
276 | full pathname (if any) of the comm program. After Configure runs, |
277 | the value is reset to a plain "comm" and is not useful. | |
278 | ||
34050ace MB |
279 | compiler_warning (compiler_warning.U): |
280 | This variable holds the command to check if the file specified as a | |
281 | parameter contains a compiler warning | |
282 | ||
781b178c JH |
283 | compress (Loc.U): |
284 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 285 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 286 | |
ecf5c238 AD |
287 | config_arg0 (Options.U): |
288 | This variable contains the string used to invoke the Configure | |
289 | command, as reported by the shell in the $0 variable. | |
290 | ||
291 | config_argc (Options.U): | |
47e01c32 | 292 | This variable contains the number of command-line arguments |
ecf5c238 | 293 | passed to Configure, as reported by the shell in the $# variable. |
269a7913 MB |
294 | The individual arguments are stored as variables config_arg1, |
295 | config_arg2, etc. | |
ecf5c238 AD |
296 | |
297 | config_args (Options.U): | |
298 | This variable contains a single string giving the command-line | |
299 | arguments passed to Configure. Spaces within arguments, | |
300 | quotes, and escaped characters are not correctly preserved. | |
301 | To reconstruct the command line, you must assemble the individual | |
302 | command line pieces, given in config_arg[0-9]*. | |
303 | ||
781b178c JH |
304 | contains (contains.U): |
305 | This variable holds the command to do a grep with a proper return | |
306 | status. On most sane systems it is simply "grep". On insane systems | |
307 | it is a grep followed by a cat followed by a test. This variable | |
308 | is primarily for the use of other Configure units. | |
309 | ||
310 | cp (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 311 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
312 | full pathname (if any) of the cp program. After Configure runs, |
313 | the value is reset to a plain "cp" and is not useful. | |
314 | ||
315 | cpio (Loc.U): | |
316 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 317 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
318 | |
319 | cpp (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 320 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
321 | full pathname (if any) of the cpp program. After Configure runs, |
322 | the value is reset to a plain "cpp" and is not useful. | |
323 | ||
324 | cpp_stuff (cpp_stuff.U): | |
505656d3 | 325 | This variable contains an identification of the concatenation mechanism |
781b178c JH |
326 | used by the C preprocessor. |
327 | ||
328 | cppccsymbols (Cppsym.U): | |
52c7d5b6 JH |
329 | The variable contains the symbols defined by the C compiler |
330 | when it calls cpp. The symbols defined by the cc alone or cpp | |
331 | alone are not in this list, see ccsymbols and cppsymbols. | |
781b178c JH |
332 | The list is a space-separated list of symbol=value tokens. |
333 | ||
334 | cppflags (ccflags.U): | |
335 | This variable holds the flags that will be passed to the C pre- | |
336 | processor. It is up to the Makefile to use it. | |
337 | ||
338 | cpplast (cppstdin.U): | |
339 | This variable has the same functionality as cppminus, only it applies | |
340 | to cpprun and not cppstdin. | |
341 | ||
342 | cppminus (cppstdin.U): | |
343 | This variable contains the second part of the string which will invoke | |
344 | the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard | |
345 | output. This variable will have the value "-" if cppstdin needs | |
346 | a minus to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". | |
347 | ||
348 | cpprun (cppstdin.U): | |
349 | This variable contains the command which will invoke a C preprocessor | |
350 | on standard input and put the output to stdout. It is guaranteed not | |
351 | to be a wrapper and may be a null string if no preprocessor can be | |
352 | made directly available. This preprocessor might be different from the | |
353 | one used by the C compiler. Don't forget to append cpplast after the | |
354 | preprocessor options. | |
355 | ||
356 | cppstdin (cppstdin.U): | |
357 | This variable contains the command which will invoke the C | |
358 | preprocessor on standard input and put the output to stdout. | |
359 | It is primarily used by other Configure units that ask about | |
360 | preprocessor symbols. | |
361 | ||
362 | cppsymbols (Cppsym.U): | |
52c7d5b6 JH |
363 | The variable contains the symbols defined by the C preprocessor |
364 | alone. The symbols defined by cc or by cc when it calls cpp are | |
365 | not in this list, see ccsymbols and cppccsymbols. | |
781b178c JH |
366 | The list is a space-separated list of symbol=value tokens. |
367 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
368 | crypt_r_proto (d_crypt_r.U): |
369 | This variable encodes the prototype of crypt_r. | |
39183afa JH |
370 | It is zero if d_crypt_r is undef, and one of the |
371 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_crypt_r | |
372 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 373 | |
781b178c JH |
374 | cryptlib (d_crypt.U): |
375 | This variable holds -lcrypt or the path to a libcrypt.a archive if | |
376 | the crypt() function is not defined in the standard C library. It is | |
377 | up to the Makefile to use this. | |
378 | ||
379 | csh (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 380 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
381 | full pathname (if any) of the csh program. After Configure runs, |
382 | the value is reset to a plain "csh" and is not useful. | |
383 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
384 | ctermid_r_proto (d_ctermid_r.U): |
385 | This variable encodes the prototype of ctermid_r. | |
39183afa JH |
386 | It is zero if d_ctermid_r is undef, and one of the |
387 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctermid_r | |
388 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
389 | |
390 | ctime_r_proto (d_ctime_r.U): | |
391 | This variable encodes the prototype of ctime_r. | |
39183afa JH |
392 | It is zero if d_ctime_r is undef, and one of the |
393 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctime_r | |
394 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 395 | |
74cac757 JH |
396 | d__fwalk (d__fwalk.U): |
397 | This variable conditionally defines HAS__FWALK if _fwalk() is | |
398 | available to apply a function to all the file handles. | |
399 | ||
5c7252f4 | 400 | d_accept4 (d_accept4.U): |
dfaa7b30 MB |
401 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_ACCEPT4 if accept4() is |
402 | available to accept socket connections. | |
5c7252f4 | 403 | |
781b178c JH |
404 | d_access (d_access.U): |
405 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_ACCESS if the access() system | |
406 | call is available to check for access permissions using real IDs. | |
407 | ||
408 | d_accessx (d_accessx.U): | |
409 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ACCESSX symbol, which | |
410 | indicates to the C program that the accessx() routine is available. | |
411 | ||
40613a90 JH |
412 | d_acosh (d_acosh.U): |
413 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ACOSH symbol, which | |
414 | indicates to the C program that the acosh() routine is available. | |
415 | ||
5c567d7d JH |
416 | d_aintl (d_aintl.U): |
417 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_AINTL symbol, which | |
418 | indicates to the C program that the aintl() routine is available. | |
419 | If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl. | |
420 | ||
781b178c JH |
421 | d_alarm (d_alarm.U): |
422 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ALARM symbol, which | |
423 | indicates to the C program that the alarm() routine is available. | |
424 | ||
425 | d_archlib (archlib.U): | |
426 | This variable conditionally defines ARCHLIB to hold the pathname | |
427 | of architecture-dependent library files for $package. If | |
428 | $archlib is the same as $privlib, then this is set to undef. | |
429 | ||
96938616 MB |
430 | d_asctime64 (d_timefuncs64.U): |
431 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ASCTIME64 symbol, which | |
432 | indicates to the C program that the asctime64 () routine is available. | |
433 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
434 | d_asctime_r (d_asctime_r.U): |
435 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ASCTIME_R symbol, | |
436 | which indicates to the C program that the asctime_r() | |
437 | routine is available. | |
438 | ||
427d28ce JH |
439 | d_asinh (d_asinh.U): |
440 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ASINH symbol, which | |
441 | indicates to the C program that the asinh() routine is available. | |
442 | ||
443 | d_atanh (d_atanh.U): | |
444 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ATANH symbol, which | |
445 | indicates to the C program that the atanh() routine is available. | |
446 | ||
11dc3f68 JH |
447 | d_atolf (atolf.U): |
448 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ATOLF symbol, which | |
449 | indicates to the C program that the atolf() routine is available. | |
450 | ||
451 | d_atoll (atoll.U): | |
452 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ATOLL symbol, which | |
453 | indicates to the C program that the atoll() routine is available. | |
454 | ||
4852e23a DIM |
455 | d_attribute_always_inline (d_attribut.U): |
456 | This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE, | |
457 | which indicates that the C compiler can know that certain | |
458 | functions should always be inlined. | |
459 | ||
fcdf39cf RGS |
460 | d_attribute_deprecated (d_attribut.U): |
461 | This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED, which | |
462 | indicates that GCC can handle the attribute for marking deprecated | |
463 | APIs | |
464 | ||
df4c34dc | 465 | d_attribute_format (d_attribut.U): |
0dbb1585 AL |
466 | This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT, which |
467 | indicates the C compiler can check for printf-like formats. | |
468 | ||
df4c34dc | 469 | d_attribute_malloc (d_attribut.U): |
0dbb1585 AL |
470 | This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC, which |
471 | indicates the C compiler can understand functions as having | |
472 | malloc-like semantics. | |
473 | ||
df4c34dc | 474 | d_attribute_nonnull (d_attribut.U): |
0dbb1585 AL |
475 | This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL, which |
476 | indicates that the C compiler can know that certain arguments | |
477 | must not be NULL, and will check accordingly at compile time. | |
478 | ||
df4c34dc | 479 | d_attribute_noreturn (d_attribut.U): |
0dbb1585 AL |
480 | This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN, which |
481 | indicates that the C compiler can know that certain functions | |
482 | are guaranteed never to return. | |
483 | ||
df4c34dc | 484 | d_attribute_pure (d_attribut.U): |
0dbb1585 AL |
485 | This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE_PURE, which |
486 | indicates that the C compiler can know that certain functions | |
487 | are "pure" functions, meaning that they have no side effects, and | |
488 | only rely on function input and/or global data for their results. | |
489 | ||
df4c34dc | 490 | d_attribute_unused (d_attribut.U): |
0dbb1585 AL |
491 | This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, which |
492 | indicates that the C compiler can know that certain variables | |
493 | and arguments may not always be used, and to not throw warnings | |
494 | if they don't get used. | |
495 | ||
df4c34dc | 496 | d_attribute_warn_unused_result (d_attribut.U): |
0dbb1585 AL |
497 | This variable conditionally defines |
498 | HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT, which indicates that the C | |
499 | compiler can know that certain functions have a return values | |
500 | that must not be ignored, such as malloc() or open(). | |
781b178c | 501 | |
f6a82ade MB |
502 | d_backtrace (d_backtrace.U): |
503 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_BACKTRACE symbol, which | |
504 | indicates to the C program that the backtrace() routine is available | |
505 | to get a stack trace. | |
506 | ||
781b178c JH |
507 | d_bsd (Guess.U): |
508 | This symbol conditionally defines the symbol BSD when running on a | |
509 | BSD system. | |
510 | ||
511 | d_bsdgetpgrp (d_getpgrp.U): | |
512 | This variable conditionally defines USE_BSD_GETPGRP if | |
513 | getpgrp needs one arguments whereas USG one needs none. | |
514 | ||
515 | d_bsdsetpgrp (d_setpgrp.U): | |
516 | This variable conditionally defines USE_BSD_SETPGRP if | |
517 | setpgrp needs two arguments whereas USG one needs none. | |
518 | See also d_setpgid for a POSIX interface. | |
519 | ||
7e03b2e3 MB |
520 | d_builtin_add_overflow (d_builtin_overflow.U): |
521 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_BUILTIN_ADD_OVERFLOW, which | |
522 | indicates that the compiler supports __builtin_add_overflow(x,y,&z) | |
523 | for safely adding x and y into z while checking for overflow. | |
524 | ||
635aebb7 AL |
525 | d_builtin_choose_expr (d_builtin.U): |
526 | This conditionally defines HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR, which | |
527 | indicates that the compiler supports __builtin_choose_expr(x,y,z). | |
528 | This built-in function is analogous to the "x?y:z" operator in C, | |
529 | except that the expression returned has its type unaltered by | |
530 | promotion rules. Also, the built-in function does not evaluate | |
531 | the expression that was not chosen. | |
532 | ||
533 | d_builtin_expect (d_builtin.U): | |
534 | This conditionally defines HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT, which indicates | |
535 | that the compiler supports __builtin_expect(exp,c). You may use | |
536 | __builtin_expect to provide the compiler with branch prediction | |
537 | information. | |
538 | ||
7e03b2e3 MB |
539 | d_builtin_mul_overflow (d_builtin_overflow.U): |
540 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_BUILTIN_MUL_OVERFLOW, which | |
541 | indicates that the compiler supports __builtin_mul_overflow(x,y,&z) | |
542 | for safely multiplying x and y into z while checking for overflow. | |
543 | ||
544 | d_builtin_sub_overflow (d_builtin_overflow.U): | |
545 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_BUILTIN_SUB_OVERFLOW, which | |
546 | indicates that the compiler supports __builtin_sub_overflow(x,y,&z) | |
547 | for safely subtracting y from x into z while checking for overflow. | |
548 | ||
a2d23ec2 MB |
549 | d_c99_variadic_macros (d_c99_variadic.U): |
550 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS | |
551 | symbol, which indicates to the C program that C99 variadic macros | |
552 | are available. | |
553 | ||
781b178c JH |
554 | d_casti32 (d_casti32.U): |
555 | This variable conditionally defines CASTI32, which indicates | |
556 | whether the C compiler can cast large floats to 32-bit ints. | |
557 | ||
558 | d_castneg (d_castneg.U): | |
559 | This variable conditionally defines CASTNEG, which indicates | |
47e01c32 | 560 | whether the C compiler can cast negative float to unsigned. |
781b178c | 561 | |
427d28ce JH |
562 | d_cbrt (d_cbrt.U): |
563 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CBRT symbol, which | |
f40bbcbf MB |
564 | indicates to the C program that the cbrt() (cube root) function |
565 | is available. | |
427d28ce | 566 | |
781b178c JH |
567 | d_chown (d_chown.U): |
568 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CHOWN symbol, which | |
569 | indicates to the C program that the chown() routine is available. | |
570 | ||
571 | d_chroot (d_chroot.U): | |
572 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CHROOT symbol, which | |
573 | indicates to the C program that the chroot() routine is available. | |
574 | ||
575 | d_chsize (d_chsize.U): | |
576 | This variable conditionally defines the CHSIZE symbol, which | |
577 | indicates to the C program that the chsize() routine is available | |
578 | to truncate files. You might need a -lx to get this routine. | |
579 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
580 | d_class (d_class.U): |
581 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CLASS symbol, which | |
582 | indicates to the C program that the class() routine is available. | |
583 | ||
b0a2e8e6 MB |
584 | d_clearenv (d_clearenv.U): |
585 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CLEARENV symbol, which | |
586 | indicates to the C program that the clearenv () routine is available. | |
587 | ||
781b178c JH |
588 | d_closedir (d_closedir.U): |
589 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_CLOSEDIR if closedir() is | |
590 | available. | |
591 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
592 | d_cmsghdr_s (d_cmsghdr_s.U): |
593 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR symbol, | |
594 | which indicates that the struct cmsghdr is supported. | |
595 | ||
f40bbcbf MB |
596 | d_copysign (d_copysign.U): |
597 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_COPYSIGN symbol, which | |
598 | indicates to the C program that the copysign() routine is available. | |
599 | ||
5c567d7d JH |
600 | d_copysignl (d_copysignl.U): |
601 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_COPYSIGNL symbol, which | |
602 | indicates to the C program that the copysignl() routine is available. | |
603 | If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl. | |
604 | ||
f244a502 JH |
605 | d_cplusplus (d_cplusplus.U): |
606 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_CPLUSPLUS symbol, which | |
607 | indicates that a C++ compiler was used to compiled Perl and will be | |
608 | used to compile extensions. | |
609 | ||
781b178c JH |
610 | d_crypt (d_crypt.U): |
611 | This variable conditionally defines the CRYPT symbol, which | |
612 | indicates to the C program that the crypt() routine is available | |
613 | to encrypt passwords and the like. | |
614 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
615 | d_crypt_r (d_crypt_r.U): |
616 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CRYPT_R symbol, | |
617 | which indicates to the C program that the crypt_r() | |
618 | routine is available. | |
619 | ||
781b178c JH |
620 | d_csh (d_csh.U): |
621 | This variable conditionally defines the CSH symbol, which | |
622 | indicates to the C program that the C-shell exists. | |
623 | ||
066e7355 MB |
624 | d_ctermid (d_ctermid.U): |
625 | This variable conditionally defines CTERMID if ctermid() is | |
626 | available to generate filename for terminal. | |
627 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
628 | d_ctermid_r (d_ctermid_r.U): |
629 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CTERMID_R symbol, | |
630 | which indicates to the C program that the ctermid_r() | |
631 | routine is available. | |
632 | ||
96938616 MB |
633 | d_ctime64 (d_timefuncs64.U): |
634 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CTIME64 symbol, which | |
635 | indicates to the C program that the ctime64 () routine is available. | |
636 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
637 | d_ctime_r (d_ctime_r.U): |
638 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CTIME_R symbol, | |
639 | which indicates to the C program that the ctime_r() | |
640 | routine is available. | |
641 | ||
781b178c JH |
642 | d_cuserid (d_cuserid.U): |
643 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CUSERID symbol, which | |
644 | indicates to the C program that the cuserid() routine is available | |
645 | to get character login names. | |
646 | ||
5af95cda JH |
647 | d_dbminitproto (d_dbminitproto.U): |
648 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO symbol, | |
649 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
650 | a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is | |
651 | up to the program to supply one. | |
652 | ||
7e03b2e3 MB |
653 | d_difftime (d_difftime.U): |
654 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DIFFTIME symbol, which | |
655 | indicates to the C program that the difftime() routine is available. | |
656 | ||
1a474c3e AC |
657 | d_difftime64 (d_timefuncs64.U): |
658 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DIFFTIME64 symbol, which | |
659 | indicates to the C program that the difftime64 () routine is available. | |
660 | ||
066e7355 | 661 | d_dir_dd_fd (d_dir_dd_fd.U): |
de52168c SP |
662 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DIR_DD_FD symbol, which |
663 | indicates that the DIR directory stream type contains a member | |
664 | variable called dd_fd. | |
665 | ||
428dc699 JH |
666 | d_dirfd (d_dirfd.U): |
667 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DIRFD constant, | |
668 | which indicates to the C program that dirfd() is available | |
669 | to return the file descriptor of a directory stream. | |
670 | ||
781b178c JH |
671 | d_dirnamlen (i_dirent.U): |
672 | This variable conditionally defines DIRNAMLEN, which indicates | |
673 | to the C program that the length of directory entry names is | |
674 | provided by a d_namelen field. | |
675 | ||
f6a82ade MB |
676 | d_dladdr (d_dladdr.U): |
677 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DLADDR symbol, which | |
678 | indicates to the C program that the dladdr() routine is available | |
679 | to get a stack trace. | |
680 | ||
781b178c JH |
681 | d_dlerror (d_dlerror.U): |
682 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DLERROR symbol, which | |
683 | indicates to the C program that the dlerror() routine is available. | |
684 | ||
685 | d_dlopen (d_dlopen.U): | |
686 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DLOPEN symbol, which | |
687 | indicates to the C program that the dlopen() routine is available. | |
688 | ||
689 | d_dlsymun (d_dlsymun.U): | |
690 | This variable conditionally defines DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE, which | |
691 | indicates that we need to prepend an underscore to the symbol | |
692 | name before calling dlsym(). | |
693 | ||
3c29c5aa MB |
694 | d_dosuid (d_dosuid.U): |
695 | This variable conditionally defines the symbol DOSUID, which | |
696 | tells the C program that it should insert setuid emulation code | |
697 | on hosts which have setuid #! scripts disabled. | |
698 | ||
699 | d_double_has_inf (longdblfio.U): | |
4cb05021 JH |
700 | This variable conditionally defines the symbol DOUBLE_HAS_INF |
701 | which indicates that the double type has an infinity. | |
702 | ||
3c29c5aa | 703 | d_double_has_nan (longdblfio.U): |
7e03b2e3 | 704 | This variable conditionally defines the symbol DOUBLE_HAS_NAN |
4cb05021 JH |
705 | which indicates that the double type has a not-a-number. |
706 | ||
3c29c5aa | 707 | d_double_has_negative_zero (longdblfio.U): |
4cb05021 JH |
708 | This variable conditionally defines the symbol DOUBLE_HAS_NEGATIVE_ZERO |
709 | which indicates that the double type has a negative zero. | |
710 | ||
3c29c5aa | 711 | d_double_has_subnormals (longdblfio.U): |
4cb05021 JH |
712 | This variable conditionally defines the symbol DOUBLE_HAS_SUBNORMALS |
713 | which indicates that the double type has subnormals (denormals). | |
714 | ||
715 | d_double_style_cray (longdblfio.U): | |
716 | This variable conditionally defines the symbol DOUBLE_STYLE_CRAY | |
717 | which indicates that the double is the 64-bit CRAY mainframe format. | |
718 | ||
719 | d_double_style_ibm (longdblfio.U): | |
720 | This variable conditionally defines the symbol DOUBLE_STYLE_IBM, | |
721 | which indicates that the double is the 64-bit IBM mainframe format. | |
722 | ||
723 | d_double_style_ieee (longdblfio.U): | |
724 | This variable conditionally defines the symbol DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE, | |
725 | which indicates that the double is the 64-bit IEEE 754. | |
726 | ||
727 | d_double_style_vax (longdblfio.U): | |
728 | This variable conditionally defines the symbol DOUBLE_STYLE_VAX, | |
729 | which indicates that the double is the 64-bit VAX format D or G. | |
730 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
731 | d_drand48_r (d_drand48_r.U): |
732 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DRAND48_R symbol, | |
733 | which indicates to the C program that the drand48_r() | |
734 | routine is available. | |
735 | ||
781b178c JH |
736 | d_drand48proto (d_drand48proto.U): |
737 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DRAND48_PROTO symbol, | |
738 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
739 | a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is | |
740 | up to the program to supply one. | |
741 | ||
742 | d_dup2 (d_dup2.U): | |
743 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_DUP2 if dup2() is | |
744 | available to duplicate file descriptors. | |
745 | ||
5c7252f4 | 746 | d_dup3 (d_dup3.U): |
dfaa7b30 MB |
747 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_DUP3 if dup3() is |
748 | available to duplicate file descriptors. | |
5c7252f4 | 749 | |
7e69463d AC |
750 | d_duplocale (d_newlocale.U): |
751 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DUPLOCALE symbol, which | |
752 | indicates to the C program that the duplocale() routine is available | |
753 | to duplicate a locale object. | |
754 | ||
781b178c JH |
755 | d_eaccess (d_eaccess.U): |
756 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_EACCESS symbol, which | |
757 | indicates to the C program that the eaccess() routine is available. | |
758 | ||
759 | d_endgrent (d_endgrent.U): | |
760 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDGRENT symbol, which | |
761 | indicates to the C program that the endgrent() routine is available | |
762 | for sequential access of the group database. | |
763 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
764 | d_endgrent_r (d_endgrent_r.U): |
765 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDGRENT_R symbol, | |
766 | which indicates to the C program that the endgrent_r() | |
767 | routine is available. | |
768 | ||
781b178c JH |
769 | d_endhent (d_endhent.U): |
770 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_ENDHOSTENT if endhostent() is | |
771 | available to close whatever was being used for host queries. | |
772 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
773 | d_endhostent_r (d_endhostent_r.U): |
774 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R symbol, | |
775 | which indicates to the C program that the endhostent_r() | |
776 | routine is available. | |
777 | ||
781b178c JH |
778 | d_endnent (d_endnent.U): |
779 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_ENDNETENT if endnetent() is | |
780 | available to close whatever was being used for network queries. | |
781 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
782 | d_endnetent_r (d_endnetent_r.U): |
783 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDNETENT_R symbol, | |
784 | which indicates to the C program that the endnetent_r() | |
785 | routine is available. | |
786 | ||
781b178c JH |
787 | d_endpent (d_endpent.U): |
788 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_ENDPROTOENT if endprotoent() is | |
789 | available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. | |
790 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
791 | d_endprotoent_r (d_endprotoent_r.U): |
792 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R symbol, | |
793 | which indicates to the C program that the endprotoent_r() | |
794 | routine is available. | |
795 | ||
781b178c JH |
796 | d_endpwent (d_endpwent.U): |
797 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDPWENT symbol, which | |
798 | indicates to the C program that the endpwent() routine is available | |
799 | for sequential access of the passwd database. | |
800 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
801 | d_endpwent_r (d_endpwent_r.U): |
802 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDPWENT_R symbol, | |
803 | which indicates to the C program that the endpwent_r() | |
804 | routine is available. | |
805 | ||
781b178c JH |
806 | d_endsent (d_endsent.U): |
807 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_ENDSERVENT if endservent() is | |
808 | available to close whatever was being used for service queries. | |
809 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
810 | d_endservent_r (d_endservent_r.U): |
811 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDSERVENT_R symbol, | |
812 | which indicates to the C program that the endservent_r() | |
813 | routine is available. | |
814 | ||
781b178c JH |
815 | d_eofnblk (nblock_io.U): |
816 | This variable conditionally defines EOF_NONBLOCK if EOF can be seen | |
817 | when reading from a non-blocking I/O source. | |
818 | ||
427d28ce JH |
819 | d_erf (d_erf.U): |
820 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ERF symbol, which | |
821 | indicates to the C program that the erf() routine is available. | |
822 | ||
823 | d_erfc (d_erfc.U): | |
824 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ERFC symbol, which | |
825 | indicates to the C program that the erfc() routine is available. | |
826 | ||
781b178c JH |
827 | d_eunice (Guess.U): |
828 | This variable conditionally defines the symbols EUNICE and VAX, which | |
47e01c32 | 829 | alerts the C program that it must deal with idiosyncrasies of VMS. |
781b178c | 830 | |
427d28ce JH |
831 | d_exp2 (d_exp2.U): |
832 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_EXP2 symbol, which | |
833 | indicates to the C program that the exp2() routine is available. | |
834 | ||
835 | d_expm1 (d_expm1.U): | |
836 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_EXPM1 symbol, which | |
837 | indicates to the C program that the expm1() routine is available. | |
838 | ||
4d54317a JH |
839 | d_faststdio (d_faststdio.U): |
840 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FAST_STDIO symbol, | |
841 | which indicates to the C program that the "fast stdio" is available | |
842 | to manipulate the stdio buffers directly. | |
843 | ||
b363b713 JH |
844 | d_fchdir (d_fchdir.U): |
845 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FCHDIR symbol, which | |
846 | indicates to the C program that the fchdir() routine is available. | |
847 | ||
781b178c JH |
848 | d_fchmod (d_fchmod.U): |
849 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FCHMOD symbol, which | |
850 | indicates to the C program that the fchmod() routine is available | |
851 | to change mode of opened files. | |
852 | ||
3c29c5aa | 853 | d_fchmodat (d_fsat.U): |
d226c0a2 TC |
854 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FCHMODAT symbol, which |
855 | indicates the POSIX fchmodat() function is available. | |
856 | ||
781b178c JH |
857 | d_fchown (d_fchown.U): |
858 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FCHOWN symbol, which | |
859 | indicates to the C program that the fchown() routine is available | |
860 | to change ownership of opened files. | |
861 | ||
862 | d_fcntl (d_fcntl.U): | |
863 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FCNTL symbol, and indicates | |
864 | whether the fcntl() function exists | |
865 | ||
9d9004a9 AD |
866 | d_fcntl_can_lock (d_fcntl_can_lock.U): |
867 | This variable conditionally defines the FCNTL_CAN_LOCK symbol | |
868 | and indicates whether file locking with fcntl() works. | |
869 | ||
781b178c JH |
870 | d_fd_macros (d_fd_set.U): |
871 | This variable contains the eventual value of the HAS_FD_MACROS symbol, | |
872 | which indicates if your C compiler knows about the macros which | |
873 | manipulate an fd_set. | |
874 | ||
875 | d_fd_set (d_fd_set.U): | |
876 | This variable contains the eventual value of the HAS_FD_SET symbol, | |
877 | which indicates if your C compiler knows about the fd_set typedef. | |
878 | ||
2640dfa8 MB |
879 | d_fdclose (d_fdclose.U): |
880 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FDCLOSE symbol, which | |
881 | indicates to the C program that the fdclose() routine is available. | |
882 | ||
f40bbcbf MB |
883 | d_fdim (d_fdim.U): |
884 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FDIM symbol, which | |
885 | indicates to the C program that the fdim() routine is available. | |
886 | ||
781b178c JH |
887 | d_fds_bits (d_fd_set.U): |
888 | This variable contains the eventual value of the HAS_FDS_BITS symbol, | |
889 | which indicates if your fd_set typedef contains the fds_bits member. | |
890 | If you have an fd_set typedef, but the dweebs who installed it did | |
891 | a half-fast job and neglected to provide the macros to manipulate | |
892 | an fd_set, HAS_FDS_BITS will let us know how to fix the gaffe. | |
893 | ||
2f6b96eb JH |
894 | d_fegetround (d_fegetround.U): |
895 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_FEGETROUND if fegetround() is | |
896 | available to get the floating point rounding mode. | |
897 | ||
f1258252 MB |
898 | d_ffs (d_ffs.U): |
899 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FFS symbol, which | |
900 | indicates to the C program that the ffs() routine is available | |
901 | to find the first bit which is set in its integer argument. | |
902 | ||
903 | d_ffsl (d_ffs.U): | |
904 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FFSL symbol, which | |
905 | indicates to the C program that the ffsl() routine is available | |
906 | to find the first bit which is set in its long integer argument. | |
907 | ||
781b178c JH |
908 | d_fgetpos (d_fgetpos.U): |
909 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_FGETPOS if fgetpos() is | |
910 | available to get the file position indicator. | |
911 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
912 | d_finite (d_finite.U): |
913 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FINITE symbol, which | |
914 | indicates to the C program that the finite() routine is available. | |
915 | ||
916 | d_finitel (d_finitel.U): | |
917 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FINITEL symbol, which | |
918 | indicates to the C program that the finitel() routine is available. | |
919 | ||
781b178c JH |
920 | d_flexfnam (d_flexfnam.U): |
921 | This variable conditionally defines the FLEXFILENAMES symbol, which | |
922 | indicates that the system supports filenames longer than 14 characters. | |
923 | ||
781b178c JH |
924 | d_flock (d_flock.U): |
925 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_FLOCK if flock() is | |
926 | available to do file locking. | |
927 | ||
5af95cda JH |
928 | d_flockproto (d_flockproto.U): |
929 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FLOCK_PROTO symbol, | |
930 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
931 | a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is | |
932 | up to the program to supply one. | |
933 | ||
427d28ce JH |
934 | d_fma (d_fma.U): |
935 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FMA symbol, which | |
936 | indicates to the C program that the fma() routine is available. | |
937 | ||
938 | d_fmax (d_fmax.U): | |
939 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FMAX symbol, which | |
940 | indicates to the C program that the fmax() routine is available. | |
941 | ||
942 | d_fmin (d_fmin.U): | |
943 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FMIN symbol, which | |
944 | indicates to the C program that the fmin() routine is available. | |
945 | ||
781b178c JH |
946 | d_fork (d_fork.U): |
947 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FORK symbol, which | |
948 | indicates to the C program that the fork() routine is available. | |
949 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
950 | d_fp_class (d_fp_class.U): |
951 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FP_CLASS symbol, which | |
952 | indicates to the C program that the fp_class() routine is available. | |
953 | ||
d0166596 | 954 | d_fp_classify (d_fpclassify.U): |
add06237 JH |
955 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FP_CLASSIFY symbol, which |
956 | indicates to the C program that the fp_classify() routine is available. | |
957 | ||
d0166596 MB |
958 | d_fp_classl (d_fp_classl.U): |
959 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FP_CLASSL symbol, which | |
960 | indicates to the C program that the fp_classl() routine is available. | |
961 | ||
781b178c JH |
962 | d_fpathconf (d_pathconf.U): |
963 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FPATHCONF symbol, which | |
964 | indicates to the C program that the pathconf() routine is available | |
965 | to determine file-system related limits and options associated | |
966 | with a given open file descriptor. | |
967 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
968 | d_fpclass (d_fpclass.U): |
969 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FPCLASS symbol, which | |
970 | indicates to the C program that the fpclass() routine is available. | |
971 | ||
972 | d_fpclassify (d_fpclassify.U): | |
973 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FPCLASSIFY symbol, which | |
974 | indicates to the C program that the fpclassify() routine is available. | |
975 | ||
976 | d_fpclassl (d_fpclassl.U): | |
977 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FPCLASSL symbol, which | |
978 | indicates to the C program that the fpclassl() routine is available. | |
979 | ||
4c1a9b0c | 980 | d_fpgetround (d_fpgetround.U): |
d0166596 MB |
981 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_FPGETROUND if fpgetround() |
982 | is available to get the floating point rounding mode. | |
4c1a9b0c | 983 | |
c890dc6c | 984 | d_fpos64_t (d_fpos64_t.U): |
ca24dfc6 | 985 | This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. |
781b178c | 986 | |
ecb44b8e MB |
987 | d_freelocale (d_newlocale.U): |
988 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FREELOCALE symbol, which | |
989 | indicates to the C program that the freelocale() routine is available | |
990 | to deallocates the resources associated with a locale object. | |
991 | ||
a3540c92 JH |
992 | d_frexpl (d_frexpl.U): |
993 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FREXPL symbol, which | |
994 | indicates to the C program that the frexpl() routine is available. | |
995 | ||
ea442100 JH |
996 | d_fs_data_s (d_fs_data_s.U): |
997 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA symbol, | |
998 | which indicates that the struct fs_data is supported. | |
999 | ||
781b178c JH |
1000 | d_fseeko (d_fseeko.U): |
1001 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FSEEKO symbol, which | |
1002 | indicates to the C program that the fseeko() routine is available. | |
1003 | ||
781b178c JH |
1004 | d_fsetpos (d_fsetpos.U): |
1005 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_FSETPOS if fsetpos() is | |
1006 | available to set the file position indicator. | |
1007 | ||
ea442100 JH |
1008 | d_fstatfs (d_fstatfs.U): |
1009 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FSTATFS symbol, which | |
1010 | indicates to the C program that the fstatfs() routine is available. | |
1011 | ||
1012 | d_fstatvfs (d_statvfs.U): | |
1013 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FSTATVFS symbol, which | |
1014 | indicates to the C program that the fstatvfs() routine is available. | |
1015 | ||
411ab01c JH |
1016 | d_fsync (d_fsync.U): |
1017 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FSYNC symbol, which | |
1018 | indicates to the C program that the fsync() routine is available. | |
1019 | ||
781b178c JH |
1020 | d_ftello (d_ftello.U): |
1021 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FTELLO symbol, which | |
1022 | indicates to the C program that the ftello() routine is available. | |
1023 | ||
1024 | d_ftime (d_ftime.U): | |
1025 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FTIME symbol, which indicates | |
1026 | that the ftime() routine exists. The ftime() routine is basically | |
1027 | a sub-second accuracy clock. | |
1028 | ||
df4c34dc | 1029 | d_futimes (d_futimes.U): |
dc814df1 MB |
1030 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FUTIMES symbol, which |
1031 | indicates to the C program that the futimes() routine is available. | |
1032 | ||
0cc74f39 MB |
1033 | d_gai_strerror (d_gai_strerror.U): |
1034 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GAI_STRERROR symbol | |
1035 | if the gai_strerror() routine is available and can be used to | |
1036 | translate error codes returned by getaddrinfo() into human | |
1037 | readable strings. | |
1038 | ||
4d54317a JH |
1039 | d_Gconvert (d_gconvert.U): |
1040 | This variable holds what Gconvert is defined as to convert | |
1041 | floating point numbers into strings. By default, Configure | |
1042 | sets this macro to use the first of gconvert, gcvt, or sprintf | |
1332606d | 1043 | that pass sprintf-%g-like behavior tests. If perl is using |
4d54317a JH |
1044 | long doubles, the macro uses the first of the following |
1045 | functions that pass Configure's tests: qgcvt, sprintf (if | |
1046 | Configure knows how to make sprintf format long doubles--see | |
635aebb7 AL |
1047 | sPRIgldbl), gconvert, gcvt, and sprintf (casting to double). |
1048 | The gconvert_preference and gconvert_ld_preference variables | |
4d54317a | 1049 | can be used to alter Configure's preferences, for doubles and |
635aebb7 AL |
1050 | long doubles, respectively. If present, they contain a |
1051 | space-separated list of one or more of the above function | |
4d54317a JH |
1052 | names in the order they should be tried. |
1053 | ||
1054 | d_Gconvert may be set to override Configure with a platform- | |
1055 | specific function. If this function expects a double, a | |
1056 | different value may need to be set by the uselongdouble.cbu | |
1057 | call-back unit so that long doubles can be formatted without | |
1058 | loss of precision. | |
1059 | ||
e74475c7 MHM |
1060 | d_gdbm_ndbm_h_uses_prototypes (i_ndbm.U): |
1061 | This variable conditionally defines the NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES symbol, | |
1062 | which indicates that the gdbm-ndbm.h include file uses real ANSI C | |
1063 | prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations. K&R style | |
1064 | declarations are unsupported in C++, so the include file requires | |
1065 | special handling when using a C++ compiler and this variable is | |
1066 | undefined. Consult the different d_*ndbm_h_uses_prototypes variables | |
1067 | to get the same information for alternative ndbm.h include files. | |
1068 | ||
1069 | d_gdbmndbm_h_uses_prototypes (i_ndbm.U): | |
1070 | This variable conditionally defines the NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES symbol, | |
1071 | which indicates that the gdbm/ndbm.h include file uses real ANSI C | |
1072 | prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations. K&R style | |
1073 | declarations are unsupported in C++, so the include file requires | |
1074 | special handling when using a C++ compiler and this variable is | |
1075 | undefined. Consult the different d_*ndbm_h_uses_prototypes variables | |
1076 | to get the same information for alternative ndbm.h include files. | |
1077 | ||
5086dff9 MB |
1078 | d_getaddrinfo (d_getaddrinfo.U): |
1079 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETADDRINFO symbol, | |
1080 | which indicates to the C program that the getaddrinfo() function | |
1081 | is available. | |
1082 | ||
49dabb45 JH |
1083 | d_getcwd (d_getcwd.U): |
1084 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETCWD symbol, which | |
1085 | indicates to the C program that the getcwd() routine is available | |
1086 | to get the current working directory. | |
1087 | ||
ab2bb8aa MB |
1088 | d_getenv_preserves_other_thread (d_getenv_thread.U): |
1089 | This variable conditionally defines the GETENV_PRESERVES_OTHER_THREAD | |
1090 | symbol, which indicates to the C program that the getenv() system call | |
1091 | does not zap the static buffer in a different thread. | |
1092 | ||
3813c136 JH |
1093 | d_getespwnam (d_getespwnam.U): |
1094 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETESPWNAM if getespwnam() is | |
47e01c32 | 1095 | available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name. |
3813c136 | 1096 | |
ea442100 JH |
1097 | d_getfsstat (d_getfsstat.U): |
1098 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETFSSTAT symbol, which | |
1099 | indicates to the C program that the getfsstat() routine is available. | |
1100 | ||
781b178c JH |
1101 | d_getgrent (d_getgrent.U): |
1102 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETGRENT symbol, which | |
1103 | indicates to the C program that the getgrent() routine is available | |
1104 | for sequential access of the group database. | |
1105 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1106 | d_getgrent_r (d_getgrent_r.U): |
1107 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETGRENT_R symbol, | |
1108 | which indicates to the C program that the getgrent_r() | |
1109 | routine is available. | |
1110 | ||
1111 | d_getgrgid_r (d_getgrgid_r.U): | |
1112 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETGRGID_R symbol, | |
1113 | which indicates to the C program that the getgrgid_r() | |
1114 | routine is available. | |
1115 | ||
1116 | d_getgrnam_r (d_getgrnam_r.U): | |
1117 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETGRNAM_R symbol, | |
1118 | which indicates to the C program that the getgrnam_r() | |
1119 | routine is available. | |
1120 | ||
781b178c JH |
1121 | d_getgrps (d_getgrps.U): |
1122 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETGROUPS symbol, which | |
1123 | indicates to the C program that the getgroups() routine is available | |
1124 | to get the list of process groups. | |
1125 | ||
1126 | d_gethbyaddr (d_gethbyad.U): | |
1127 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR symbol, which | |
1128 | indicates to the C program that the gethostbyaddr() routine is available | |
1129 | to look up hosts by their IP addresses. | |
1130 | ||
1131 | d_gethbyname (d_gethbynm.U): | |
1132 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME symbol, which | |
1133 | indicates to the C program that the gethostbyname() routine is available | |
1134 | to look up host names in some data base or other. | |
1135 | ||
1136 | d_gethent (d_gethent.U): | |
1137 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETHOSTENT if gethostent() is | |
1138 | available to look up host names in some data base or another. | |
1139 | ||
1140 | d_gethname (d_gethname.U): | |
1141 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOSTNAME symbol, which | |
1142 | indicates to the C program that the gethostname() routine may be | |
1143 | used to derive the host name. | |
1144 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1145 | d_gethostbyaddr_r (d_gethostbyaddr_r.U): |
1146 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R symbol, | |
1147 | which indicates to the C program that the gethostbyaddr_r() | |
1148 | routine is available. | |
1149 | ||
1150 | d_gethostbyname_r (d_gethostbyname_r.U): | |
1151 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME_R symbol, | |
1152 | which indicates to the C program that the gethostbyname_r() | |
1153 | routine is available. | |
1154 | ||
1155 | d_gethostent_r (d_gethostent_r.U): | |
1156 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOSTENT_R symbol, | |
1157 | which indicates to the C program that the gethostent_r() | |
1158 | routine is available. | |
1159 | ||
781b178c JH |
1160 | d_gethostprotos (d_gethostprotos.U): |
1161 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS symbol, | |
1162 | which indicates to the C program that <netdb.h> supplies | |
635aebb7 | 1163 | prototypes for the various gethost*() functions. |
781b178c JH |
1164 | See also netdbtype.U for probing for various netdb types. |
1165 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
1166 | d_getitimer (d_getitimer.U): |
1167 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETITIMER symbol, which | |
1168 | indicates to the C program that the getitimer() routine is available. | |
1169 | ||
781b178c JH |
1170 | d_getlogin (d_getlogin.U): |
1171 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETLOGIN symbol, which | |
1172 | indicates to the C program that the getlogin() routine is available | |
1173 | to get the login name. | |
1174 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1175 | d_getlogin_r (d_getlogin_r.U): |
1176 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETLOGIN_R symbol, | |
1177 | which indicates to the C program that the getlogin_r() | |
1178 | routine is available. | |
1179 | ||
ea442100 JH |
1180 | d_getmnt (d_getmnt.U): |
1181 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETMNT symbol, which | |
1182 | indicates to the C program that the getmnt() routine is available | |
1183 | to retrieve one or more mount info blocks by filename. | |
1184 | ||
1185 | d_getmntent (d_getmntent.U): | |
1186 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETMNTENT symbol, which | |
1187 | indicates to the C program that the getmntent() routine is available | |
1188 | to iterate through mounted files to get their mount info. | |
1189 | ||
5086dff9 MB |
1190 | d_getnameinfo (d_getnameinfo.U): |
1191 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNAMEINFO symbol, | |
1192 | which indicates to the C program that the getnameinfo() function | |
1193 | is available. | |
1194 | ||
781b178c JH |
1195 | d_getnbyaddr (d_getnbyad.U): |
1196 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNETBYADDR symbol, which | |
1197 | indicates to the C program that the getnetbyaddr() routine is available | |
1198 | to look up networks by their IP addresses. | |
1199 | ||
1200 | d_getnbyname (d_getnbynm.U): | |
1201 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNETBYNAME symbol, which | |
1202 | indicates to the C program that the getnetbyname() routine is available | |
1203 | to look up networks by their names. | |
1204 | ||
1205 | d_getnent (d_getnent.U): | |
1206 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETNETENT if getnetent() is | |
1207 | available to look up network names in some data base or another. | |
1208 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1209 | d_getnetbyaddr_r (d_getnetbyaddr_r.U): |
1210 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R symbol, | |
1211 | which indicates to the C program that the getnetbyaddr_r() | |
1212 | routine is available. | |
1213 | ||
1214 | d_getnetbyname_r (d_getnetbyname_r.U): | |
1215 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNETBYNAME_R symbol, | |
1216 | which indicates to the C program that the getnetbyname_r() | |
1217 | routine is available. | |
1218 | ||
1219 | d_getnetent_r (d_getnetent_r.U): | |
1220 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNETENT_R symbol, | |
1221 | which indicates to the C program that the getnetent_r() | |
1222 | routine is available. | |
1223 | ||
781b178c JH |
1224 | d_getnetprotos (d_getnetprotos.U): |
1225 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNET_PROTOS symbol, | |
1226 | which indicates to the C program that <netdb.h> supplies | |
635aebb7 | 1227 | prototypes for the various getnet*() functions. |
781b178c JH |
1228 | See also netdbtype.U for probing for various netdb types. |
1229 | ||
0c0643d0 JH |
1230 | d_getpagsz (d_getpagsz.U): |
1231 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETPAGESIZE if getpagesize() | |
1232 | is available to get the system page size. | |
1233 | ||
781b178c | 1234 | d_getpbyname (d_getprotby.U): |
635aebb7 AL |
1235 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME |
1236 | symbol, which indicates to the C program that the | |
781b178c JH |
1237 | getprotobyname() routine is available to look up protocols |
1238 | by their name. | |
1239 | ||
1240 | d_getpbynumber (d_getprotby.U): | |
635aebb7 AL |
1241 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER |
1242 | symbol, which indicates to the C program that the | |
781b178c JH |
1243 | getprotobynumber() routine is available to look up protocols |
1244 | by their number. | |
1245 | ||
1246 | d_getpent (d_getpent.U): | |
1247 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETPROTOENT if getprotoent() is | |
1248 | available to look up protocols in some data base or another. | |
1249 | ||
1250 | d_getpgid (d_getpgid.U): | |
1251 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPGID symbol, which | |
1252 | indicates to the C program that the getpgid(pid) function | |
1253 | is available to get the process group id. | |
1254 | ||
1a474c3e AC |
1255 | d_getpgrp (d_getpgrp.U): |
1256 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETPGRP if getpgrp() is | |
1257 | available to get the current process group. | |
1258 | ||
781b178c JH |
1259 | d_getpgrp2 (d_getpgrp2.U): |
1260 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPGRP2 symbol, which | |
1261 | indicates to the C program that the getpgrp2() (as in DG/UX) routine | |
1262 | is available to get the current process group. | |
1263 | ||
781b178c JH |
1264 | d_getppid (d_getppid.U): |
1265 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPPID symbol, which | |
1266 | indicates to the C program that the getppid() routine is available | |
1267 | to get the parent process ID. | |
1268 | ||
1269 | d_getprior (d_getprior.U): | |
1270 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETPRIORITY if getpriority() | |
1271 | is available to get a process's priority. | |
1272 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1273 | d_getprotobyname_r (d_getprotobyname_r.U): |
1274 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R symbol, | |
1275 | which indicates to the C program that the getprotobyname_r() | |
1276 | routine is available. | |
1277 | ||
1278 | d_getprotobynumber_r (d_getprotobynumber_r.U): | |
1279 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R symbol, | |
1280 | which indicates to the C program that the getprotobynumber_r() | |
1281 | routine is available. | |
1282 | ||
1283 | d_getprotoent_r (d_getprotoent_r.U): | |
1284 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPROTOENT_R symbol, | |
1285 | which indicates to the C program that the getprotoent_r() | |
1286 | routine is available. | |
1287 | ||
781b178c JH |
1288 | d_getprotoprotos (d_getprotoprotos.U): |
1289 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS symbol, | |
1290 | which indicates to the C program that <netdb.h> supplies | |
635aebb7 | 1291 | prototypes for the various getproto*() functions. |
781b178c JH |
1292 | See also netdbtype.U for probing for various netdb types. |
1293 | ||
3813c136 JH |
1294 | d_getprpwnam (d_getprpwnam.U): |
1295 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETPRPWNAM if getprpwnam() is | |
1296 | available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. | |
1297 | ||
781b178c JH |
1298 | d_getpwent (d_getpwent.U): |
1299 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPWENT symbol, which | |
1300 | indicates to the C program that the getpwent() routine is available | |
1301 | for sequential access of the passwd database. | |
1302 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1303 | d_getpwent_r (d_getpwent_r.U): |
1304 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPWENT_R symbol, | |
1305 | which indicates to the C program that the getpwent_r() | |
1306 | routine is available. | |
1307 | ||
1308 | d_getpwnam_r (d_getpwnam_r.U): | |
1309 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPWNAM_R symbol, | |
1310 | which indicates to the C program that the getpwnam_r() | |
1311 | routine is available. | |
1312 | ||
1313 | d_getpwuid_r (d_getpwuid_r.U): | |
1314 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPWUID_R symbol, | |
1315 | which indicates to the C program that the getpwuid_r() | |
1316 | routine is available. | |
1317 | ||
781b178c | 1318 | d_getsbyname (d_getsrvby.U): |
635aebb7 AL |
1319 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSERVBYNAME |
1320 | symbol, which indicates to the C program that the | |
781b178c JH |
1321 | getservbyname() routine is available to look up services |
1322 | by their name. | |
1323 | ||
1324 | d_getsbyport (d_getsrvby.U): | |
635aebb7 AL |
1325 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSERVBYPORT |
1326 | symbol, which indicates to the C program that the | |
781b178c JH |
1327 | getservbyport() routine is available to look up services |
1328 | by their port. | |
1329 | ||
1330 | d_getsent (d_getsent.U): | |
1331 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETSERVENT if getservent() is | |
1332 | available to look up network services in some data base or another. | |
1333 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1334 | d_getservbyname_r (d_getservbyname_r.U): |
1335 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R symbol, | |
1336 | which indicates to the C program that the getservbyname_r() | |
1337 | routine is available. | |
1338 | ||
1339 | d_getservbyport_r (d_getservbyport_r.U): | |
1340 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSERVBYPORT_R symbol, | |
1341 | which indicates to the C program that the getservbyport_r() | |
1342 | routine is available. | |
1343 | ||
1344 | d_getservent_r (d_getservent_r.U): | |
1345 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSERVENT_R symbol, | |
1346 | which indicates to the C program that the getservent_r() | |
1347 | routine is available. | |
1348 | ||
781b178c JH |
1349 | d_getservprotos (d_getservprotos.U): |
1350 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS symbol, | |
1351 | which indicates to the C program that <netdb.h> supplies | |
635aebb7 | 1352 | prototypes for the various getserv*() functions. |
781b178c JH |
1353 | See also netdbtype.U for probing for various netdb types. |
1354 | ||
781b178c JH |
1355 | d_getspnam (d_getspnam.U): |
1356 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETSPNAM if getspnam() is | |
1357 | available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. | |
1358 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1359 | d_getspnam_r (d_getspnam_r.U): |
1360 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSPNAM_R symbol, | |
1361 | which indicates to the C program that the getspnam_r() | |
1362 | routine is available. | |
1363 | ||
781b178c JH |
1364 | d_gettimeod (d_ftime.U): |
1365 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY symbol, which | |
1366 | indicates that the gettimeofday() system call exists (to obtain a | |
1367 | sub-second accuracy clock). You should probably include <sys/resource.h>. | |
1368 | ||
96938616 MB |
1369 | d_gmtime64 (d_timefuncs64.U): |
1370 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GMTIME64 symbol, which | |
1371 | indicates to the C program that the gmtime64 () routine is available. | |
1372 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1373 | d_gmtime_r (d_gmtime_r.U): |
1374 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GMTIME_R symbol, | |
1375 | which indicates to the C program that the gmtime_r() | |
1376 | routine is available. | |
1377 | ||
781b178c JH |
1378 | d_gnulibc (d_gnulibc.U): |
1379 | Defined if we're dealing with the GNU C Library. | |
1380 | ||
1381 | d_grpasswd (i_grp.U): | |
1382 | This variable conditionally defines GRPASSWD, which indicates | |
1383 | that struct group in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd. | |
1384 | ||
ab03c4a8 MB |
1385 | d_has_C_UTF8 (d_setlocale.U): |
1386 | This variable is set to either "true" or "false" depending on | |
1387 | whether the compilation system supports the C.UTF-8 locale. | |
1388 | ||
ea442100 JH |
1389 | d_hasmntopt (d_hasmntopt.U): |
1390 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_HASMNTOPT symbol, which | |
1391 | indicates to the C program that the hasmntopt() routine is available | |
1392 | to query the mount options of file systems. | |
1393 | ||
781b178c JH |
1394 | d_htonl (d_htonl.U): |
1395 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_HTONL if htonl() and its | |
1396 | friends are available to do network order byte swapping. | |
1397 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1398 | d_hypot (d_hypot.U): |
1399 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_HYPOT if hypot is available | |
1400 | for numerically stable hypotenuse function. | |
1401 | ||
1402 | d_ilogb (d_ilogb.U): | |
1403 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ILOGB symbol, which | |
1404 | indicates to the C program that the ilogb() routine is available | |
1405 | for extracting the exponent of double x as a signed integer. | |
1406 | ||
5c567d7d JH |
1407 | d_ilogbl (d_ilogbl.U): |
1408 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ILOGBL symbol, which | |
427d28ce JH |
1409 | indicates to the C program that the ilogbl() routine is available |
1410 | for extracting the exponent of long double x as a signed integer. | |
5c567d7d JH |
1411 | If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl. |
1412 | ||
c95d0e17 GA |
1413 | d_inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U): |
1414 | This variable conditionally defines PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST. | |
1415 | It is set to undef when PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST is empty. | |
1416 | ||
781b178c JH |
1417 | d_inetaton (d_inetaton.U): |
1418 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_INET_ATON symbol, which | |
1419 | indicates to the C program that the inet_aton() function is available | |
1420 | to parse IP address "dotted-quad" strings. | |
1421 | ||
5086dff9 MB |
1422 | d_inetntop (d_inetntop.U): |
1423 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_INETNTOP symbol, | |
1424 | which indicates to the C program that the inet_ntop() function | |
1425 | is available. | |
1426 | ||
1427 | d_inetpton (d_inetpton.U): | |
1428 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_INETPTON symbol, | |
1429 | which indicates to the C program that the inet_pton() function | |
1430 | is available. | |
1431 | ||
13b3f787 | 1432 | d_int64_t (d_int64_t.U): |
781b178c JH |
1433 | This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. |
1434 | ||
122b9bf4 MB |
1435 | d_ip_mreq (d_socket.U): |
1436 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_IP_MREQ symbol, which | |
1437 | indicates the availability of a struct ip_mreq. | |
1438 | ||
3e06601f MB |
1439 | d_ip_mreq_source (d_socket.U): |
1440 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_IP_MREQ_SOURCE symbol, | |
1441 | which indicates the availability of a struct ip_mreq_source. | |
1442 | ||
18126d98 MB |
1443 | d_ipv6_mreq (d_socket.U): |
1444 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_IPV6_MREQ symbol, which | |
1445 | indicates the availability of a struct ipv6_mreq. | |
1446 | ||
3e06601f MB |
1447 | d_ipv6_mreq_source (d_socket.U): |
1448 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_IPV6_MREQ_SOURCE symbol, | |
1449 | which indicates the availability of a struct ipv6_mreq_source. | |
1450 | ||
781b178c JH |
1451 | d_isascii (d_isascii.U): |
1452 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISASCII constant, | |
1453 | which indicates to the C program that isascii() is available. | |
1454 | ||
269a7913 MB |
1455 | d_isblank (d_isblank.U): |
1456 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISBLANK constant, | |
1457 | which indicates to the C program that isblank() is available. | |
1458 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
1459 | d_isfinite (d_isfinite.U): |
1460 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISFINITE symbol, which | |
1461 | indicates to the C program that the isfinite() routine is available. | |
1462 | ||
fa484e60 JH |
1463 | d_isfinitel (d_isfinitel.U): |
1464 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISFINITEL symbol, which | |
1465 | indicates to the C program that the isfinitel() routine is available. | |
1466 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
1467 | d_isinf (d_isinf.U): |
1468 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISINF symbol, which | |
1469 | indicates to the C program that the isinf() routine is available. | |
1470 | ||
fa484e60 JH |
1471 | d_isinfl (d_isinfl.U): |
1472 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISINFL symbol, which | |
1473 | indicates to the C program that the isinfl() routine is available. | |
1474 | ||
2640dfa8 MB |
1475 | d_isless (d_isless.U): |
1476 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISLESS symbol, which | |
1477 | indicates to the C program that the isless() routine is available. | |
1478 | ||
a3540c92 JH |
1479 | d_isnan (d_isnan.U): |
1480 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISNAN symbol, which | |
1481 | indicates to the C program that the isnan() routine is available. | |
1482 | ||
1483 | d_isnanl (d_isnanl.U): | |
1484 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISNANL symbol, which | |
1485 | indicates to the C program that the isnanl() routine is available. | |
1486 | ||
f40bbcbf MB |
1487 | d_isnormal (d_isnormal.U): |
1488 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISNORMAL symbol, which | |
1489 | indicates to the C program that the isnormal() routine is available. | |
1490 | ||
4671125a | 1491 | d_j0 (d_j0.U): |
4671125a JH |
1492 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_J0 symbol, which |
1493 | indicates to the C program that the j0() routine is available. | |
1494 | ||
d0166596 | 1495 | d_j0l (d_j0.U): |
4671125a JH |
1496 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_J0L symbol, which |
1497 | indicates to the C program that the j0l() routine is available. | |
1498 | ||
781b178c JH |
1499 | d_killpg (d_killpg.U): |
1500 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_KILLPG symbol, which | |
1501 | indicates to the C program that the killpg() routine is available | |
1502 | to kill process groups. | |
1503 | ||
b15c1b56 AF |
1504 | d_lc_monetary_2008 (d_lc_monetary_2008.U): |
1505 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_LC_MONETARY_2008 if libc | |
1506 | has the international currency locale rules from POSIX | |
1507 | 1003.1-2008. | |
1508 | ||
781b178c JH |
1509 | d_lchown (d_lchown.U): |
1510 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LCHOWN symbol, which | |
1511 | indicates to the C program that the lchown() routine is available | |
1512 | to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the link). | |
1513 | ||
ca24dfc6 LV |
1514 | d_ldbl_dig (d_ldbl_dig.U): |
1515 | This variable conditionally defines d_ldbl_dig if this system's | |
1516 | header files provide LDBL_DIG, which is the number of significant | |
1517 | digits in a long double precision number. | |
1518 | ||
db8b8c75 | 1519 | d_ldexpl (d_longdbl.U): |
688e39e5 JH |
1520 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LDEXPL symbol, which |
1521 | indicates to the C program that the ldexpl() routine is available. | |
1522 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1523 | d_lgamma (d_lgamma.U): |
1524 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LGAMMA symbol, which | |
1525 | indicates to the C program that the lgamma() routine is available | |
f40bbcbf | 1526 | for the log gamma function. See also d_tgamma and d_lgamma_r. |
427d28ce JH |
1527 | |
1528 | d_lgamma_r (d_lgamma_r.U): | |
1529 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LGAMMA_R symbol, which | |
f40bbcbf MB |
1530 | indicates to the C program that the lgamma_r() routine is available |
1531 | for the log gamma function, without using the global signgam variable. | |
427d28ce | 1532 | |
df4c34dc MB |
1533 | d_libm_lib_version (d_libm_lib_version.U): |
1534 | This variable conditionally defines the LIBM_LIB_VERSION symbol, | |
1535 | which indicates to the C program that math.h defines _LIB_VERSION | |
1536 | being available in libm | |
1537 | ||
56b575b9 MB |
1538 | d_libname_unique (so.U): |
1539 | This variable is defined if the target system insists on unique | |
1540 | basenames for shared library files. This is currently true on Android, | |
1541 | false everywhere else we know of. | |
1542 | Defaults to 'undef'. | |
1543 | ||
781b178c JH |
1544 | d_link (d_link.U): |
1545 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_LINK if link() is | |
1546 | available to create hard links. | |
1547 | ||
3c29c5aa | 1548 | d_linkat (d_fsat.U): |
d226c0a2 TC |
1549 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LINKAT symbol, which |
1550 | indicates the POSIX linkat() function is available. | |
1551 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1552 | d_llrint (d_llrint.U): |
1553 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LLRINT symbol, which | |
1554 | indicates to the C program that the llrint() routine is available | |
2640dfa8 MB |
1555 | to return the long long value closest to a double (according |
1556 | to the current rounding mode). | |
427d28ce | 1557 | |
bc580dd3 JH |
1558 | d_llrintl (d_llrintl.U): |
1559 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LLRINTL symbol, which | |
1560 | indicates to the C program that the llrintl() routine is available | |
2640dfa8 MB |
1561 | to return the long long value closest to a long double (according |
1562 | to the current rounding mode). | |
bc580dd3 | 1563 | |
427d28ce JH |
1564 | d_llround (d_llround.U): |
1565 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LLROUND symbol, which | |
1566 | indicates to the C program that the llround() routine is available | |
f40bbcbf | 1567 | to return the long long value nearest to x. |
427d28ce | 1568 | |
bc580dd3 JH |
1569 | d_llroundl (d_llroundl.U): |
1570 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LLROUNDL symbol, which | |
1571 | indicates to the C program that the llroundl() routine is available | |
2640dfa8 | 1572 | to return the long long value nearest to x away from zero. |
bc580dd3 | 1573 | |
7e03b2e3 MB |
1574 | d_localeconv_l (d_localeconv_l.U): |
1575 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LOCALECONV_L symbol, which | |
1576 | indicates to the C program that the localeconv_l() routine is available. | |
1577 | ||
96938616 MB |
1578 | d_localtime64 (d_timefuncs64.U): |
1579 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LOCALTIME64 symbol, which | |
1580 | indicates to the C program that the localtime64 () routine is available. | |
1581 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1582 | d_localtime_r (d_localtime_r.U): |
1583 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LOCALTIME_R symbol, | |
1584 | which indicates to the C program that the localtime_r() | |
1585 | routine is available. | |
1586 | ||
f025e94b MB |
1587 | d_localtime_r_needs_tzset (d_localtime_r.U): |
1588 | This variable conditionally defines the LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET | |
1589 | symbol, which makes us call tzset before localtime_r() | |
1590 | ||
781b178c JH |
1591 | d_locconv (d_locconv.U): |
1592 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_LOCALECONV if localeconv() is | |
1593 | available for numeric and monetary formatting conventions. | |
1594 | ||
781b178c JH |
1595 | d_lockf (d_lockf.U): |
1596 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_LOCKF if lockf() is | |
1597 | available to do file locking. | |
1598 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1599 | d_log1p (d_log1p.U): |
1600 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LOG1P symbol, which | |
1601 | indicates to the C program that the logp1() routine is available | |
f40bbcbf | 1602 | to compute log(1 + x) for values of x close to zero. |
427d28ce JH |
1603 | |
1604 | d_log2 (d_log2.U): | |
1605 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LOG2 symbol, which | |
1606 | indicates to the C program that the log2() routine is available | |
f40bbcbf | 1607 | to compute log base two. |
427d28ce JH |
1608 | |
1609 | d_logb (d_logb.U): | |
1610 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LOGB symbol, which | |
1611 | indicates to the C program that the logb() routine is available | |
f40bbcbf | 1612 | to extract the exponent of x. |
427d28ce | 1613 | |
4cb05021 JH |
1614 | d_long_double_style_ieee (d_longdbl.U): |
1615 | This variable conditionally defines LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE | |
1616 | if the long double is any of the IEEE 754 style long doubles: | |
1617 | LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_STD, LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_EXTENDED, | |
1618 | LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_DOUBLEDOUBLE. | |
1619 | ||
1620 | d_long_double_style_ieee_doubledouble (d_longdbl.U): | |
1621 | This variable conditionally defines LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_DOUBLEDOUBLE | |
1622 | if the long double is the 128-bit IEEE 754 double-double. | |
1623 | ||
1624 | d_long_double_style_ieee_extended (d_longdbl.U): | |
1625 | This variable conditionally defines LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_EXTENDED | |
1626 | if the long double is the 80-bit IEEE 754 extended precision. | |
1627 | Note that despite the 'extended' this is less than the 'std', | |
f1460a66 | 1628 | since this is an extension of the double precision. |
4cb05021 JH |
1629 | |
1630 | d_long_double_style_ieee_std (d_longdbl.U): | |
1631 | This variable conditionally defines LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_STD | |
1632 | if the long double is the 128-bit IEEE 754. | |
1633 | ||
1634 | d_long_double_style_vax (d_longdbl.U): | |
1635 | This variable conditionally defines LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_VAX | |
1636 | if the long double is the 128-bit VAX format H. | |
1637 | ||
3c29c5aa MB |
1638 | d_longdbl (d_longdbl.U): |
1639 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_LONG_DOUBLE if | |
1640 | the long double type is supported. | |
1641 | ||
781b178c | 1642 | d_longlong (d_longlong.U): |
635aebb7 | 1643 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_LONG_LONG if |
781b178c JH |
1644 | the long long type is supported. |
1645 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1646 | d_lrint (d_lrint.U): |
1647 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LRINT symbol, which | |
1648 | indicates to the C program that the lrint() routine is available | |
2640dfa8 MB |
1649 | to return the integral value closest to a double (according |
1650 | to the current rounding mode). | |
427d28ce | 1651 | |
bc580dd3 JH |
1652 | d_lrintl (d_lrintl.U): |
1653 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LRINTL symbol, which | |
1654 | indicates to the C program that the lrintl() routine is available | |
2640dfa8 MB |
1655 | to return the integral value closest to a long double (according |
1656 | to the current rounding mode). | |
bc580dd3 | 1657 | |
427d28ce JH |
1658 | d_lround (d_lround.U): |
1659 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LROUND symbol, which | |
1660 | indicates to the C program that the lround() routine is available | |
f40bbcbf | 1661 | to return the integral value nearest to x. |
427d28ce | 1662 | |
bc580dd3 JH |
1663 | d_lroundl (d_lroundl.U): |
1664 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LROUNDL symbol, which | |
1665 | indicates to the C program that the lroundl() routine is available | |
2640dfa8 | 1666 | to return the integral value nearest to x away from zero. |
bc580dd3 | 1667 | |
c890dc6c JH |
1668 | d_lseekproto (d_lseekproto.U): |
1669 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LSEEK_PROTO symbol, | |
1670 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
1671 | a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is | |
1672 | up to the program to supply one. | |
1673 | ||
781b178c JH |
1674 | d_lstat (d_lstat.U): |
1675 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_LSTAT if lstat() is | |
1676 | available to do file stats on symbolic links. | |
1677 | ||
792d8dab JH |
1678 | d_madvise (d_madvise.U): |
1679 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_MADVISE if madvise() is | |
1680 | available to map a file into memory. | |
1681 | ||
df4c34dc MB |
1682 | d_malloc_good_size (d_malloc_size.U): |
1683 | This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_good_size | |
7dd121ae MB |
1684 | routine is available for use. |
1685 | ||
df4c34dc MB |
1686 | d_malloc_size (d_malloc_size.U): |
1687 | This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_size | |
7dd121ae MB |
1688 | routine is available for use. |
1689 | ||
4852e23a DIM |
1690 | d_malloc_usable_size (d_malloc_size.U): |
1691 | This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_usable_size | |
1692 | routine is available for use. | |
1693 | ||
781b178c JH |
1694 | d_mblen (d_mblen.U): |
1695 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MBLEN symbol, which | |
1696 | indicates to the C program that the mblen() routine is available | |
f1460a66 | 1697 | to find the number of bytes in a multibyte character. |
781b178c | 1698 | |
7e03b2e3 MB |
1699 | d_mbrlen (d_mbrlen.U): |
1700 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MBRLEN symbol if the | |
1701 | mbrlen() routine is available to be used to get the length of | |
1702 | multi-byte character strings. | |
1703 | ||
1704 | d_mbrtowc (d_mbrtowc.U): | |
1705 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MBRTOWC symbol if the | |
1706 | mbrtowc() routine is available to be used to convert a multi-byte | |
1707 | character into a wide character. | |
1708 | ||
781b178c JH |
1709 | d_mbstowcs (d_mbstowcs.U): |
1710 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MBSTOWCS symbol, which | |
1711 | indicates to the C program that the mbstowcs() routine is available | |
1712 | to convert a multibyte string into a wide character string. | |
1713 | ||
1714 | d_mbtowc (d_mbtowc.U): | |
1715 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MBTOWC symbol, which | |
1716 | indicates to the C program that the mbtowc() routine is available | |
1717 | to convert multibyte to a wide character. | |
781b178c | 1718 | |
3879c54d MB |
1719 | d_memmem (d_memmem.U): |
1720 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MEMMEM symbol, which | |
1721 | indicates to the C program that the memmem() routine is available | |
f1460a66 | 1722 | to return a pointer to the start of the first occurrence of a |
3879c54d MB |
1723 | substring in a memory area (or NULL if not found). |
1724 | ||
28ebb8fb DIM |
1725 | d_memrchr (d_memrchr.U): |
1726 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MEMRCHR symbol, which | |
1727 | indicates to the C program that the memrchr() routine is available | |
1728 | to return a pointer to the last occurrence of a byte in a memory | |
1729 | area (or NULL if not found). | |
1730 | ||
781b178c JH |
1731 | d_mkdir (d_mkdir.U): |
1732 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKDIR symbol, which | |
1733 | indicates to the C program that the mkdir() routine is available | |
209e5c0a | 1734 | to create directories.. |
781b178c | 1735 | |
fe749a9f JH |
1736 | d_mkdtemp (d_mkdtemp.U): |
1737 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKDTEMP symbol, which | |
1738 | indicates to the C program that the mkdtemp() routine is available | |
1739 | to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. | |
1740 | ||
781b178c JH |
1741 | d_mkfifo (d_mkfifo.U): |
1742 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKFIFO symbol, which | |
1743 | indicates to the C program that the mkfifo() routine is available. | |
1744 | ||
226394c3 | 1745 | d_mkostemp (d_mkostemp.U): |
dfaa7b30 MB |
1746 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_MKOSTEMP if mkostemp() is |
1747 | available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named (with a | |
1748 | suffix) temporary file. | |
226394c3 | 1749 | |
fe749a9f JH |
1750 | d_mkstemp (d_mkstemp.U): |
1751 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKSTEMP symbol, which | |
1752 | indicates to the C program that the mkstemp() routine is available | |
1753 | to exclusively create and open a uniquely named temporary file. | |
1754 | ||
1755 | d_mkstemps (d_mkstemps.U): | |
1756 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKSTEMPS symbol, which | |
1757 | indicates to the C program that the mkstemps() routine is available | |
1758 | to exclusively create and open a uniquely named (with a suffix) | |
1759 | temporary file. | |
1760 | ||
7e03b2e3 MB |
1761 | d_mktime (d_mktime.U): |
1762 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKTIME symbol, which | |
1763 | indicates to the C program that the mktime() routine is available. | |
1764 | ||
1a474c3e AC |
1765 | d_mktime64 (d_timefuncs64.U): |
1766 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKTIME64 symbol, which | |
1767 | indicates to the C program that the mktime64 () routine is available. | |
1768 | ||
fe749a9f JH |
1769 | d_mmap (d_mmap.U): |
1770 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_MMAP if mmap() is | |
1771 | available to map a file into memory. | |
1772 | ||
a3540c92 JH |
1773 | d_modfl (d_modfl.U): |
1774 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MODFL symbol, which | |
1775 | indicates to the C program that the modfl() routine is available. | |
1776 | ||
44b94491 MB |
1777 | d_modflproto (d_modfl.U): |
1778 | This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides | |
1779 | a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up | |
1780 | to the program to supply one. C99 says it should be | |
1781 | long double modfl(long double, long double *); | |
1782 | ||
fe749a9f JH |
1783 | d_mprotect (d_mprotect.U): |
1784 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_MPROTECT if mprotect() is | |
1785 | available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. | |
1786 | ||
781b178c JH |
1787 | d_msg (d_msg.U): |
1788 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG symbol, which | |
1789 | indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is present. | |
1790 | ||
2640dfa8 MB |
1791 | d_msg_ctrunc (d_socket.U): |
1792 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG_CTRUNC symbol, | |
1793 | which indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is available. #ifdef is | |
1794 | not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. | |
1795 | ||
1796 | d_msg_dontroute (d_socket.U): | |
1797 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE symbol, | |
1798 | which indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is available. #ifdef is | |
1799 | not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. | |
1800 | ||
1801 | d_msg_oob (d_socket.U): | |
1802 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG_OOB symbol, | |
1803 | which indicates that the MSG_OOB is available. #ifdef is | |
1804 | not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. | |
1805 | ||
1806 | d_msg_peek (d_socket.U): | |
1807 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG_PEEK symbol, | |
1808 | which indicates that the MSG_PEEK is available. #ifdef is | |
1809 | not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. | |
1810 | ||
1811 | d_msg_proxy (d_socket.U): | |
1812 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG_PROXY symbol, | |
1813 | which indicates that the MSG_PROXY is available. #ifdef is | |
1814 | not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. | |
1815 | ||
781b178c JH |
1816 | d_msgctl (d_msgctl.U): |
1817 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSGCTL symbol, which | |
1818 | indicates to the C program that the msgctl() routine is available. | |
1819 | ||
1820 | d_msgget (d_msgget.U): | |
1821 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSGGET symbol, which | |
1822 | indicates to the C program that the msgget() routine is available. | |
1823 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
1824 | d_msghdr_s (d_msghdr_s.U): |
1825 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR symbol, | |
1826 | which indicates that the struct msghdr is supported. | |
1827 | ||
781b178c JH |
1828 | d_msgrcv (d_msgrcv.U): |
1829 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSGRCV symbol, which | |
1830 | indicates to the C program that the msgrcv() routine is available. | |
1831 | ||
1832 | d_msgsnd (d_msgsnd.U): | |
1833 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSGSND symbol, which | |
1834 | indicates to the C program that the msgsnd() routine is available. | |
1835 | ||
fe749a9f JH |
1836 | d_msync (d_msync.U): |
1837 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_MSYNC if msync() is | |
1838 | available to synchronize a mapped file. | |
1839 | ||
1840 | d_munmap (d_munmap.U): | |
1841 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_MUNMAP if munmap() is | |
1842 | available to unmap a region mapped by mmap(). | |
1843 | ||
781b178c JH |
1844 | d_mymalloc (mallocsrc.U): |
1845 | This variable conditionally defines MYMALLOC in case other parts | |
1846 | of the source want to take special action if MYMALLOC is used. | |
1847 | This may include different sorts of profiling or error detection. | |
1848 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1849 | d_nan (d_nan.U): |
1850 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_NAN if nan() is | |
1851 | available to generate NaN. | |
1852 | ||
7e03b2e3 MB |
1853 | d_nanosleep (d_nanosleep.U): |
1854 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_NANOSLEEP | |
1855 | if nanosleep() is available to sleep with 1E-9 sec accuracy. | |
1856 | ||
a33f2d9f AD |
1857 | d_ndbm (i_ndbm.U): |
1858 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_NDBM symbol, which | |
1859 | indicates that both the ndbm.h include file and an appropriate ndbm | |
1860 | library exist. Consult the different i_*ndbm variables | |
1861 | to find out the actual include location. Sometimes, a system has the | |
1862 | header file but not the library. This variable will only be set if | |
1863 | the system has both. | |
1864 | ||
e74475c7 MHM |
1865 | d_ndbm_h_uses_prototypes (i_ndbm.U): |
1866 | This variable conditionally defines the NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES symbol, | |
1867 | which indicates that the ndbm.h include file uses real ANSI C | |
1868 | prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations. K&R style | |
1869 | declarations are unsupported in C++, so the include file requires | |
1870 | special handling when using a C++ compiler and this variable is | |
1871 | undefined. Consult the different d_*ndbm_h_uses_prototypes variables | |
1872 | to get the same information for alternative ndbm.h include files. | |
1873 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1874 | d_nearbyint (d_nearbyint.U): |
1875 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_NEARBYINT if nearbyint() | |
1876 | is available to return the integral value closest to (according to | |
1877 | the current rounding mode) to x. | |
1878 | ||
ecb44b8e MB |
1879 | d_newlocale (d_newlocale.U): |
1880 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_NEWLOCALE symbol, which | |
1881 | indicates to the C program that the newlocale() routine is available | |
1882 | to return a new locale object or modify an existing locale object. | |
1883 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1884 | d_nextafter (d_nextafter.U): |
1885 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_NEXTAFTER if nextafter() | |
1886 | is available to return the next machine representable double from | |
1887 | x in direction y. | |
1888 | ||
1889 | d_nexttoward (d_nexttoward.U): | |
1890 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_NEXTTOWARD if nexttoward() | |
1891 | is available to return the next machine representable long double from | |
1892 | x in direction y. | |
1893 | ||
781b178c JH |
1894 | d_nice (d_nice.U): |
1895 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_NICE symbol, which | |
1896 | indicates to the C program that the nice() routine is available. | |
1897 | ||
2765b840 JH |
1898 | d_nl_langinfo (d_nl_langinfo.U): |
1899 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_NL_LANGINFO symbol, which | |
1900 | indicates to the C program that the nl_langinfo() routine is available. | |
1901 | ||
f1258252 MB |
1902 | d_nl_langinfo_l (d_nl_langinfo_l.U): |
1903 | This variable contains the eventual value of the | |
1904 | HAS_NL_LANGINFO_L symbol, which indicates if the | |
1905 | nl_langinfo_l() function exists. | |
1906 | ||
1907 | d_non_int_bitfields (d_bitfield.U): | |
1908 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_NON_INT_BITFIELDS | |
1909 | which indicates that the C compiler accepts struct bitfields of sizes | |
1910 | that aren't 'int' or 'unsigned int' | |
1911 | ||
78691af5 | 1912 | d_nv_preserves_uv (perlxv.U): |
cce08f5b JH |
1913 | This variable indicates whether a variable of type nvtype |
1914 | can preserve all the bits a variable of type uvtype. | |
1915 | ||
f607920a CB |
1916 | d_nv_zero_is_allbits_zero (perlxv.U): |
1917 | This variable indicates whether a variable of type nvtype | |
1918 | stores 0.0 in memory as all bits zero. | |
1919 | ||
c890dc6c | 1920 | d_off64_t (d_off64_t.U): |
781b178c JH |
1921 | This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. |
1922 | ||
781b178c JH |
1923 | d_old_pthread_create_joinable (d_pthrattrj.U): |
1924 | This variable conditionally defines pthread_create_joinable. | |
1925 | undef if pthread.h defines PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE. | |
1926 | ||
1927 | d_oldpthreads (usethreads.U): | |
1928 | This variable conditionally defines the OLD_PTHREADS_API symbol, | |
1929 | and indicates that Perl should be built to use the old | |
8c09e4ca | 1930 | draft POSIX threads API. This is only potentially meaningful if |
781b178c JH |
1931 | usethreads is set. |
1932 | ||
1933 | d_oldsock (d_socket.U): | |
1934 | This variable conditionally defines the OLDSOCKET symbol, which | |
1935 | indicates that the BSD socket interface is based on 4.1c and not 4.2. | |
1936 | ||
1937 | d_open3 (d_open3.U): | |
1938 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_OPEN3 manifest constant, | |
1939 | which indicates to the C program that the 3 argument version of | |
1940 | the open(2) function is available. | |
1941 | ||
3c29c5aa | 1942 | d_openat (d_fsat.U): |
d226c0a2 TC |
1943 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_OPENAT symbol, which |
1944 | indicates the POSIX openat() function is available. | |
1945 | ||
781b178c JH |
1946 | d_pathconf (d_pathconf.U): |
1947 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PATHCONF symbol, which | |
1948 | indicates to the C program that the pathconf() routine is available | |
1949 | to determine file-system related limits and options associated | |
1950 | with a given filename. | |
1951 | ||
1952 | d_pause (d_pause.U): | |
1953 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PAUSE symbol, which | |
1954 | indicates to the C program that the pause() routine is available | |
1955 | to suspend a process until a signal is received. | |
1956 | ||
3b777bb4 GS |
1957 | d_perl_otherlibdirs (otherlibdirs.U): |
1958 | This variable conditionally defines PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS, which | |
1959 | contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl binary to | |
1960 | include in @INC. See also otherlibdirs. | |
1961 | ||
781b178c JH |
1962 | d_phostname (d_gethname.U): |
1963 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PHOSTNAME symbol, which | |
1964 | contains the shell command which, when fed to popen(), may be | |
1965 | used to derive the host name. | |
1966 | ||
1967 | d_pipe (d_pipe.U): | |
1968 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PIPE symbol, which | |
1969 | indicates to the C program that the pipe() routine is available | |
1970 | to create an inter-process channel. | |
1971 | ||
5c7252f4 | 1972 | d_pipe2 (d_pipe2.U): |
dfaa7b30 MB |
1973 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PIPE2 symbol, which |
1974 | indicates to the C program that the pipe2() routine is available | |
1975 | to create an inter-process channel. | |
5c7252f4 | 1976 | |
781b178c JH |
1977 | d_poll (d_poll.U): |
1978 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_POLL symbol, which | |
1979 | indicates to the C program that the poll() routine is available | |
1980 | to poll active file descriptors. | |
1981 | ||
1982 | d_portable (d_portable.U): | |
1983 | This variable conditionally defines the PORTABLE symbol, which | |
1984 | indicates to the C program that it should not assume that it is | |
1985 | running on the machine it was compiled on. | |
1986 | ||
c796e3db MB |
1987 | d_prctl (d_prctl.U): |
1988 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PRCTL symbol, which | |
1989 | indicates to the C program that the prctl() routine is available. | |
b75ee85b JH |
1990 | Note that there are at least two prctl variants: Linux and Irix. |
1991 | While they are somewhat similar, they are incompatible. | |
c796e3db | 1992 | |
f918391d MB |
1993 | d_prctl_set_name (d_prctl.U): |
1994 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME symbol, | |
2245bcb6 CB |
1995 | which indicates to the C program that the prctl() routine supports |
1996 | the PR_SET_NAME option. | |
c796e3db | 1997 | |
4d54317a JH |
1998 | d_PRId64 (quadfio.U): |
1999 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRId64 symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 2000 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit decimal numbers. |
4d54317a JH |
2001 | |
2002 | d_PRIeldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
2003 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 2004 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. |
4d54317a JH |
2005 | |
2006 | d_PRIEUldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
2007 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 2008 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. |
4d54317a JH |
2009 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from d_PRIeldbl so that even |
2010 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
2011 | ||
2012 | d_PRIfldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
2013 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 2014 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. |
4d54317a JH |
2015 | |
2016 | d_PRIFUldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
2017 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 2018 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. |
4d54317a JH |
2019 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from d_PRIfldbl so that even |
2020 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
2021 | ||
2022 | d_PRIgldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
2023 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 2024 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. |
4d54317a JH |
2025 | |
2026 | d_PRIGUldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
2027 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 2028 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. |
4d54317a JH |
2029 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from d_PRIgldbl so that even |
2030 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
2031 | ||
2032 | d_PRIi64 (quadfio.U): | |
2033 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIi64 symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 2034 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit decimal numbers. |
4d54317a | 2035 | |
066e7355 | 2036 | d_printf_format_null (d_attribut.U): |
dcb594bc MB |
2037 | This variable conditionally defines PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK, which |
2038 | indicates the C compiler allows printf-like formats to be null. | |
2039 | ||
4d54317a JH |
2040 | d_PRIo64 (quadfio.U): |
2041 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIo64 symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 2042 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit octal numbers. |
4d54317a JH |
2043 | |
2044 | d_PRIu64 (quadfio.U): | |
2045 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIu64 symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 2046 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit unsigned decimal |
4d54317a JH |
2047 | numbers. |
2048 | ||
2049 | d_PRIx64 (quadfio.U): | |
2050 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIx64 symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 2051 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit hexadecimal numbers. |
4d54317a JH |
2052 | |
2053 | d_PRIXU64 (quadfio.U): | |
2054 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIXU64 symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 2055 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit hExADECimAl numbers. |
4d54317a JH |
2056 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from d_PRIx64 so that even |
2057 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
2058 | ||
428dc699 JH |
2059 | d_procselfexe (d_procselfexe.U): |
2060 | Defined if $procselfexe is symlink to the absolute | |
2061 | pathname of the executing program. | |
2062 | ||
233e16ce MB |
2063 | d_pseudofork (d_vfork.U): |
2064 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PSEUDOFORK symbol, | |
2065 | which indicates that an emulation of the fork routine is available. | |
2066 | ||
d6483fcc JH |
2067 | d_pthread_atfork (d_pthread_atfork.U): |
2068 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK symbol, | |
2069 | which indicates to the C program that the pthread_atfork() | |
2070 | routine is available. | |
2071 | ||
505656d3 JH |
2072 | d_pthread_attr_setscope (d_pthread_attr_ss.U): |
2073 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE if | |
2074 | pthread_attr_setscope() is available to set the contention scope | |
2075 | attribute of a thread attribute object. | |
2076 | ||
781b178c JH |
2077 | d_pthread_yield (d_pthread_y.U): |
2078 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD | |
2079 | symbol if the pthread_yield routine is available to yield | |
2080 | the execution of the current thread. | |
2081 | ||
0e0c5f82 | 2082 | d_ptrdiff_t (d_ptrdiff_t.U): |
35ab5b73 BF |
2083 | This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports ptrdiff_t. |
2084 | ||
781b178c JH |
2085 | d_pwage (i_pwd.U): |
2086 | This variable conditionally defines PWAGE, which indicates | |
2087 | that struct passwd contains pw_age. | |
2088 | ||
2089 | d_pwchange (i_pwd.U): | |
2090 | This variable conditionally defines PWCHANGE, which indicates | |
2091 | that struct passwd contains pw_change. | |
2092 | ||
2093 | d_pwclass (i_pwd.U): | |
2094 | This variable conditionally defines PWCLASS, which indicates | |
2095 | that struct passwd contains pw_class. | |
2096 | ||
2097 | d_pwcomment (i_pwd.U): | |
2098 | This variable conditionally defines PWCOMMENT, which indicates | |
2099 | that struct passwd contains pw_comment. | |
2100 | ||
2101 | d_pwexpire (i_pwd.U): | |
2102 | This variable conditionally defines PWEXPIRE, which indicates | |
2103 | that struct passwd contains pw_expire. | |
2104 | ||
2105 | d_pwgecos (i_pwd.U): | |
2106 | This variable conditionally defines PWGECOS, which indicates | |
2107 | that struct passwd contains pw_gecos. | |
2108 | ||
2109 | d_pwpasswd (i_pwd.U): | |
2110 | This variable conditionally defines PWPASSWD, which indicates | |
2111 | that struct passwd contains pw_passwd. | |
2112 | ||
2113 | d_pwquota (i_pwd.U): | |
2114 | This variable conditionally defines PWQUOTA, which indicates | |
2115 | that struct passwd contains pw_quota. | |
2116 | ||
792d8dab JH |
2117 | d_qgcvt (d_qgcvt.U): |
2118 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_QGCVT symbol, which | |
2119 | indicates to the C program that the qgcvt() routine is available. | |
2120 | ||
de1c2614 JH |
2121 | d_quad (quadtype.U): |
2122 | This variable, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, | |
2123 | quadtype. | |
2124 | ||
884c85de MB |
2125 | d_querylocale (d_newlocale.U): |
2126 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_QUERYLOCALE symbol, which | |
2127 | indicates to the C program that the querylocale() routine is available | |
2128 | to return the name of the locale for a category mask. | |
2129 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2130 | d_random_r (d_random_r.U): |
2131 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_RANDOM_R symbol, | |
2132 | which indicates to the C program that the random_r() | |
2133 | routine is available. | |
2134 | ||
f40bbcbf MB |
2135 | d_re_comp (d_regcmp.U): |
2136 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_RECOMP symbol, which | |
2137 | indicates to the C program that the re_comp() routine is available | |
4357af6c | 2138 | for regular pattern matching (usually on BSD). If so, it is likely that |
f40bbcbf MB |
2139 | re_exec() exists. |
2140 | ||
1a474c3e AC |
2141 | d_readdir (d_readdir.U): |
2142 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_READDIR if readdir() is | |
2143 | available to read directory entries. | |
2144 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2145 | d_readdir64_r (d_readdir64_r.U): |
2146 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_READDIR64_R symbol, | |
2147 | which indicates to the C program that the readdir64_r() | |
2148 | routine is available. | |
2149 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2150 | d_readdir_r (d_readdir_r.U): |
2151 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_READDIR_R symbol, | |
2152 | which indicates to the C program that the readdir_r() | |
2153 | routine is available. | |
2154 | ||
781b178c JH |
2155 | d_readlink (d_readlink.U): |
2156 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_READLINK symbol, which | |
2157 | indicates to the C program that the readlink() routine is available | |
2158 | to read the value of a symbolic link. | |
2159 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
2160 | d_readv (d_readv.U): |
2161 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_READV symbol, which | |
2162 | indicates to the C program that the readv() routine is available. | |
2163 | ||
2164 | d_recvmsg (d_recvmsg.U): | |
2165 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_RECVMSG symbol, which | |
2166 | indicates to the C program that the recvmsg() routine is available. | |
2167 | ||
f40bbcbf MB |
2168 | d_regcmp (d_regcmp.U): |
2169 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_REGCMP symbol, which | |
2170 | indicates to the C program that the regcmp() routine is available | |
4357af6c | 2171 | for regular pattern matching (usually on System V). |
f40bbcbf MB |
2172 | |
2173 | d_regcomp (d_regcmp.U): | |
2174 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_REGCOMP symbol, which | |
2175 | indicates to the C program that the regcomp() routine is available | |
4357af6c | 2176 | for regular pattern matching (usually on POSIX.2 conforming systems). |
f40bbcbf | 2177 | |
427d28ce JH |
2178 | d_remainder (d_remainder.U): |
2179 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_REMAINDER symbol, which | |
2180 | indicates to the C program that the remainder() routine is available. | |
2181 | ||
2182 | d_remquo (d_remquo.U): | |
2183 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_REMQUO symbol, which | |
2184 | indicates to the C program that the remquo() routine is available. | |
2185 | ||
781b178c JH |
2186 | d_rename (d_rename.U): |
2187 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_RENAME symbol, which | |
2188 | indicates to the C program that the rename() routine is available | |
2189 | to rename files. | |
2190 | ||
3c29c5aa | 2191 | d_renameat (d_fsat.U): |
d226c0a2 TC |
2192 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_RENAMEAT symbol, which |
2193 | indicates the POSIX renameat() function is available. | |
2194 | ||
781b178c JH |
2195 | d_rewinddir (d_readdir.U): |
2196 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_REWINDDIR if rewinddir() is | |
2197 | available. | |
2198 | ||
427d28ce JH |
2199 | d_rint (d_rint.U): |
2200 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_RINT symbol, which | |
2201 | indicates to the C program that the rint() routine is available. | |
2202 | ||
781b178c JH |
2203 | d_rmdir (d_rmdir.U): |
2204 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_RMDIR if rmdir() is | |
2205 | available to remove directories. | |
2206 | ||
427d28ce JH |
2207 | d_round (d_round.U): |
2208 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ROUND symbol, which | |
2209 | indicates to the C program that the round() routine is available. | |
2210 | ||
ef9f17be JH |
2211 | d_sbrkproto (d_sbrkproto.U): |
2212 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SBRK_PROTO symbol, | |
2213 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
2214 | a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is | |
2215 | up to the program to supply one. | |
2216 | ||
427d28ce JH |
2217 | d_scalbn (d_scalbn.U): |
2218 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SCALBN symbol, which | |
2219 | indicates to the C program that the scalbn() routine is available. | |
2220 | ||
5c567d7d JH |
2221 | d_scalbnl (d_scalbnl.U): |
2222 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SCALBNL symbol, which | |
2223 | indicates to the C program that the scalbnl() routine is available. | |
2224 | If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl. | |
2225 | ||
781b178c JH |
2226 | d_sched_yield (d_pthread_y.U): |
2227 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SCHED_YIELD | |
2228 | symbol if the sched_yield routine is available to yield | |
2229 | the execution of the current thread. | |
2230 | ||
2640dfa8 MB |
2231 | d_scm_rights (d_socket.U): |
2232 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SCM_RIGHTS symbol, | |
2233 | which indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is available. #ifdef is | |
2234 | not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. | |
2235 | ||
4d54317a JH |
2236 | d_SCNfldbl (longdblfio.U): |
2237 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 2238 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to scan long doubles. |
4d54317a | 2239 | |
781b178c JH |
2240 | d_seekdir (d_readdir.U): |
2241 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SEEKDIR if seekdir() is | |
2242 | available. | |
2243 | ||
2244 | d_select (d_select.U): | |
2245 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SELECT if select() is | |
2246 | available to select active file descriptors. A <sys/time.h> | |
2247 | inclusion may be necessary for the timeout field. | |
2248 | ||
2249 | d_sem (d_sem.U): | |
2250 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SEM symbol, which | |
2251 | indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is present. | |
2252 | ||
2253 | d_semctl (d_semctl.U): | |
2254 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SEMCTL symbol, which | |
2255 | indicates to the C program that the semctl() routine is available. | |
2256 | ||
2257 | d_semctl_semid_ds (d_union_semun.U): | |
2258 | This variable conditionally defines USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS, which | |
2259 | indicates that struct semid_ds * is to be used for semctl IPC_STAT. | |
2260 | ||
2261 | d_semctl_semun (d_union_semun.U): | |
2262 | This variable conditionally defines USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN, which | |
2263 | indicates that union semun is to be used for semctl IPC_STAT. | |
2264 | ||
2265 | d_semget (d_semget.U): | |
2266 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SEMGET symbol, which | |
2267 | indicates to the C program that the semget() routine is available. | |
2268 | ||
2269 | d_semop (d_semop.U): | |
2270 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SEMOP symbol, which | |
2271 | indicates to the C program that the semop() routine is available. | |
2272 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
2273 | d_sendmsg (d_sendmsg.U): |
2274 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SENDMSG symbol, which | |
2275 | indicates to the C program that the sendmsg() routine is available. | |
2276 | ||
781b178c JH |
2277 | d_setegid (d_setegid.U): |
2278 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETEGID symbol, which | |
2279 | indicates to the C program that the setegid() routine is available | |
2280 | to change the effective gid of the current program. | |
2281 | ||
2282 | d_seteuid (d_seteuid.U): | |
2283 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETEUID symbol, which | |
2284 | indicates to the C program that the seteuid() routine is available | |
2285 | to change the effective uid of the current program. | |
2286 | ||
2287 | d_setgrent (d_setgrent.U): | |
2288 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETGRENT symbol, which | |
2289 | indicates to the C program that the setgrent() routine is available | |
2290 | for initializing sequential access to the group database. | |
2291 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2292 | d_setgrent_r (d_setgrent_r.U): |
2293 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETGRENT_R symbol, | |
2294 | which indicates to the C program that the setgrent_r() | |
2295 | routine is available. | |
2296 | ||
781b178c JH |
2297 | d_setgrps (d_setgrps.U): |
2298 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETGROUPS symbol, which | |
2299 | indicates to the C program that the setgroups() routine is available | |
2300 | to set the list of process groups. | |
2301 | ||
2302 | d_sethent (d_sethent.U): | |
2303 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETHOSTENT if sethostent() is | |
2304 | available. | |
2305 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2306 | d_sethostent_r (d_sethostent_r.U): |
2307 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETHOSTENT_R symbol, | |
2308 | which indicates to the C program that the sethostent_r() | |
2309 | routine is available. | |
2310 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
2311 | d_setitimer (d_setitimer.U): |
2312 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETITIMER symbol, which | |
2313 | indicates to the C program that the setitimer() routine is available. | |
2314 | ||
781b178c JH |
2315 | d_setlinebuf (d_setlnbuf.U): |
2316 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETLINEBUF symbol, which | |
2317 | indicates to the C program that the setlinebuf() routine is available | |
2318 | to change stderr or stdout from block-buffered or unbuffered to a | |
2319 | line-buffered mode. | |
2320 | ||
2321 | d_setlocale (d_setlocale.U): | |
2322 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETLOCALE if setlocale() is | |
2323 | available to handle locale-specific ctype implementations. | |
2324 | ||
ab03c4a8 MB |
2325 | d_setlocale_accepts_any_locale_name (d_setlocale.U): |
2326 | This variable conditionally defines SETLOCALE_ACCEPTS_ANY_LOCALE_NAME | |
2327 | if setlocale() accepts any locale name. | |
2328 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2329 | d_setlocale_r (d_setlocale_r.U): |
2330 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETLOCALE_R symbol, | |
2331 | which indicates to the C program that the setlocale_r() | |
2332 | routine is available. | |
2333 | ||
781b178c JH |
2334 | d_setnent (d_setnent.U): |
2335 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETNETENT if setnetent() is | |
2336 | available. | |
2337 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2338 | d_setnetent_r (d_setnetent_r.U): |
2339 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETNETENT_R symbol, | |
2340 | which indicates to the C program that the setnetent_r() | |
2341 | routine is available. | |
2342 | ||
781b178c JH |
2343 | d_setpent (d_setpent.U): |
2344 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETPROTOENT if setprotoent() is | |
2345 | available. | |
2346 | ||
2347 | d_setpgid (d_setpgid.U): | |
2348 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETPGID symbol if the | |
2349 | setpgid(pid, gpid) function is available to set process group ID. | |
2350 | ||
1a474c3e AC |
2351 | d_setpgrp (d_setpgrp.U): |
2352 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETPGRP if setpgrp() is | |
2353 | available to set the current process group. | |
2354 | ||
781b178c JH |
2355 | d_setpgrp2 (d_setpgrp2.U): |
2356 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETPGRP2 symbol, which | |
2357 | indicates to the C program that the setpgrp2() (as in DG/UX) routine | |
2358 | is available to set the current process group. | |
2359 | ||
781b178c JH |
2360 | d_setprior (d_setprior.U): |
2361 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETPRIORITY if setpriority() | |
2362 | is available to set a process's priority. | |
2363 | ||
af960fef JH |
2364 | d_setproctitle (d_setproctitle.U): |
2365 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETPROCTITLE symbol, | |
2366 | which indicates to the C program that the setproctitle() routine | |
2367 | is available. | |
2368 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2369 | d_setprotoent_r (d_setprotoent_r.U): |
2370 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETPROTOENT_R symbol, | |
2371 | which indicates to the C program that the setprotoent_r() | |
2372 | routine is available. | |
2373 | ||
781b178c JH |
2374 | d_setpwent (d_setpwent.U): |
2375 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETPWENT symbol, which | |
2376 | indicates to the C program that the setpwent() routine is available | |
2377 | for initializing sequential access to the passwd database. | |
2378 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2379 | d_setpwent_r (d_setpwent_r.U): |
2380 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETPWENT_R symbol, | |
2381 | which indicates to the C program that the setpwent_r() | |
2382 | routine is available. | |
2383 | ||
781b178c JH |
2384 | d_setregid (d_setregid.U): |
2385 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETREGID if setregid() is | |
2386 | available to change the real and effective gid of the current | |
2387 | process. | |
2388 | ||
2389 | d_setresgid (d_setregid.U): | |
2390 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETRESGID if setresgid() is | |
2391 | available to change the real, effective and saved gid of the current | |
2392 | process. | |
2393 | ||
2394 | d_setresuid (d_setreuid.U): | |
2395 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETREUID if setresuid() is | |
2396 | available to change the real, effective and saved uid of the current | |
2397 | process. | |
2398 | ||
2399 | d_setreuid (d_setreuid.U): | |
2400 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETREUID if setreuid() is | |
2401 | available to change the real and effective uid of the current | |
2402 | process. | |
2403 | ||
2404 | d_setrgid (d_setrgid.U): | |
2405 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETRGID symbol, which | |
2406 | indicates to the C program that the setrgid() routine is available | |
2407 | to change the real gid of the current program. | |
2408 | ||
2409 | d_setruid (d_setruid.U): | |
2410 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETRUID symbol, which | |
2411 | indicates to the C program that the setruid() routine is available | |
2412 | to change the real uid of the current program. | |
2413 | ||
2414 | d_setsent (d_setsent.U): | |
2415 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETSERVENT if setservent() is | |
2416 | available. | |
2417 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2418 | d_setservent_r (d_setservent_r.U): |
2419 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETSERVENT_R symbol, | |
2420 | which indicates to the C program that the setservent_r() | |
2421 | routine is available. | |
2422 | ||
781b178c JH |
2423 | d_setsid (d_setsid.U): |
2424 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETSID if setsid() is | |
2425 | available to set the process group ID. | |
2426 | ||
781b178c JH |
2427 | d_setvbuf (d_setvbuf.U): |
2428 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETVBUF symbol, which | |
2429 | indicates to the C program that the setvbuf() routine is available | |
2430 | to change buffering on an open stdio stream. | |
2431 | ||
781b178c JH |
2432 | d_shm (d_shm.U): |
2433 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHM symbol, which | |
2434 | indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is present. | |
2435 | ||
2436 | d_shmat (d_shmat.U): | |
2437 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHMAT symbol, which | |
2438 | indicates to the C program that the shmat() routine is available. | |
2439 | ||
2440 | d_shmatprototype (d_shmat.U): | |
635aebb7 | 2441 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE |
781b178c JH |
2442 | symbol, which indicates that sys/shm.h has a prototype for |
2443 | shmat. | |
2444 | ||
2445 | d_shmctl (d_shmctl.U): | |
2446 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHMCTL symbol, which | |
2447 | indicates to the C program that the shmctl() routine is available. | |
2448 | ||
2449 | d_shmdt (d_shmdt.U): | |
2450 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHMDT symbol, which | |
2451 | indicates to the C program that the shmdt() routine is available. | |
2452 | ||
2453 | d_shmget (d_shmget.U): | |
2454 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHMGET symbol, which | |
2455 | indicates to the C program that the shmget() routine is available. | |
2456 | ||
2457 | d_sigaction (d_sigaction.U): | |
2458 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGACTION symbol, which | |
2459 | indicates that the Vr4 sigaction() routine is available. | |
2460 | ||
2640dfa8 MB |
2461 | d_siginfo_si_addr (d_siginfo_si.U): |
2462 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGINFO_SI_ADDR symbol, | |
2463 | which indicates that the siginfo_t struct has the si_addr member. | |
2464 | ||
2465 | d_siginfo_si_band (d_siginfo_si.U): | |
2466 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGINFO_SI_BAND symbol, | |
2467 | which indicates that the siginfo_t struct has the si_band member. | |
2468 | ||
2469 | d_siginfo_si_errno (d_siginfo_si.U): | |
2470 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGINFO_SI_ERRNO symbol, | |
2471 | which indicates that the siginfo_t struct has the si_errno member. | |
2472 | ||
7e69463d AC |
2473 | d_siginfo_si_fd (d_siginfo_si.U): |
2474 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGINFO_SI_FD symbol, | |
2475 | which indicates that the siginfo_t struct has the si_fd member. | |
2476 | ||
2640dfa8 MB |
2477 | d_siginfo_si_pid (d_siginfo_si.U): |
2478 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGINFO_SI_PID symbol, | |
2479 | which indicates that the siginfo_t struct has the si_pid member. | |
2480 | ||
2481 | d_siginfo_si_status (d_siginfo_si.U): | |
2482 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGINFO_SI_STATUS symbol, | |
2483 | which indicates that the siginfo_t struct has the si_status member. | |
2484 | ||
2485 | d_siginfo_si_uid (d_siginfo_si.U): | |
2486 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGINFO_SI_UID symbol, | |
2487 | which indicates that the siginfo_t struct has the si_uid member. | |
2488 | ||
2489 | d_siginfo_si_value (d_siginfo_si.U): | |
2490 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGINFO_SI_VALUE symbol, | |
2491 | which indicates that the siginfo_t struct has the si_value member. | |
2492 | ||
ed140128 AD |
2493 | d_signbit (d_signbit.U): |
2494 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGNBIT symbol, which | |
2495 | indicates to the C program that the signbit() routine is available | |
2496 | and safe to use with perl's intern NV type. | |
2497 | ||
983dbef6 JH |
2498 | d_sigprocmask (d_sigprocmask.U): |
2499 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SIGPROCMASK | |
2500 | if sigprocmask() is available to examine or change the signal mask | |
2501 | of the calling process. | |
2502 | ||
781b178c JH |
2503 | d_sigsetjmp (d_sigsetjmp.U): |
2504 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGSETJMP symbol, | |
2505 | which indicates that the sigsetjmp() routine is available to | |
2506 | call setjmp() and optionally save the process's signal mask. | |
2507 | ||
f53580fe MB |
2508 | d_sin6_scope_id (d_socket.U): |
2509 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID symbol, which | |
2510 | indicates that a struct sockaddr_in6 structure has the sin6_scope_id | |
2511 | member. | |
2512 | ||
c95d0e17 GA |
2513 | d_sitearch (sitearch.U): |
2514 | This variable conditionally defines SITEARCH to hold the pathname | |
2515 | of architecture-dependent library files for $package. If | |
2516 | $sitearch is the same as $archlib, then this is set to undef. | |
2517 | ||
4059ba87 AC |
2518 | d_snprintf (d_snprintf.U): |
2519 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SNPRINTF symbol, which | |
2520 | indicates to the C program that the snprintf () library function | |
2521 | is available. | |
2522 | ||
18126d98 MB |
2523 | d_sockaddr_in6 (d_socket.U): |
2524 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SOCKADDR_IN6 symbol, which | |
2525 | indicates the availability of a struct sockaddr_in6. | |
2526 | ||
b8677e3b MB |
2527 | d_sockaddr_sa_len (d_socket.U): |
2528 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN symbol, | |
2529 | which indicates that a struct sockaddr structure has the sa_len | |
2530 | member. | |
2531 | ||
4852e23a DIM |
2532 | d_sockaddr_storage (d_socket.U): |
2533 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SOCKADDR_STORAGE symbol, | |
2534 | which indicates the availability of a struct sockaddr_storage. | |
2535 | ||
49a78c82 JH |
2536 | d_sockatmark (d_sockatmark.U): |
2537 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SOCKATMARK symbol, which | |
2538 | indicates to the C program that the sockatmark() routine is available. | |
2539 | ||
5af95cda JH |
2540 | d_sockatmarkproto (d_sockatmarkproto.U): |
2541 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO symbol, | |
2542 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
2543 | a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is | |
2544 | up to the program to supply one. | |
2545 | ||
781b178c JH |
2546 | d_socket (d_socket.U): |
2547 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SOCKET, which indicates | |
2548 | that the BSD socket interface is supported. | |
2549 | ||
13b3f787 JH |
2550 | d_socklen_t (d_socklen_t.U): |
2551 | This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports socklen_t. | |
2552 | ||
781b178c JH |
2553 | d_sockpair (d_socket.U): |
2554 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SOCKETPAIR symbol, which | |
2555 | indicates that the BSD socketpair() is supported. | |
2556 | ||
6b356c8e JH |
2557 | d_socks5_init (d_socks5_init.U): |
2558 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SOCKS5_INIT symbol, which | |
2559 | indicates to the C program that the socks5_init() routine is available. | |
2560 | ||
68d4903c JH |
2561 | d_sqrtl (d_sqrtl.U): |
2562 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SQRTL symbol, which | |
2563 | indicates to the C program that the sqrtl() routine is available. | |
2564 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2565 | d_srand48_r (d_srand48_r.U): |
2566 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SRAND48_R symbol, | |
2567 | which indicates to the C program that the srand48_r() | |
2568 | routine is available. | |
2569 | ||
2570 | d_srandom_r (d_srandom_r.U): | |
2571 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SRANDOM_R symbol, | |
2572 | which indicates to the C program that the srandom_r() | |
2573 | routine is available. | |
2574 | ||
eef837ea JH |
2575 | d_sresgproto (d_sresgproto.U): |
2576 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO symbol, | |
2577 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
2578 | a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is | |
2579 | up to the program to supply one. | |
2580 | ||
640374d0 JH |
2581 | d_sresuproto (d_sresuproto.U): |
2582 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO symbol, | |
2583 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
2584 | a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is | |
2585 | up to the program to supply one. | |
2586 | ||
f40bbcbf MB |
2587 | d_stat (d_stat.U): |
2588 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_STAT if stat() is | |
2589 | available to get file status. | |
2590 | ||
781b178c JH |
2591 | d_statblks (d_statblks.U): |
2592 | This variable conditionally defines USE_STAT_BLOCKS | |
2593 | if this system has a stat structure declaring | |
2594 | st_blksize and st_blocks. | |
2595 | ||
ea442100 JH |
2596 | d_statfs_f_flags (d_statfs_f_flags.U): |
2597 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS | |
2598 | symbol, which indicates to struct statfs from has f_flags member. | |
2599 | This kind of struct statfs is coming from sys/mount.h (BSD), | |
2600 | not from sys/statfs.h (SYSV). | |
2601 | ||
2602 | d_statfs_s (d_statfs_s.U): | |
2603 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRUCT_STATFS symbol, | |
2604 | which indicates that the struct statfs is supported. | |
2605 | ||
9e08e8f0 MB |
2606 | d_static_inline (d_static_inline.U): |
2607 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STATIC_INLINE symbol, | |
2608 | which indicates that the C compiler supports C99-style static | |
2609 | inline. That is, the function can't be called from another | |
2610 | translation unit. | |
2611 | ||
ea442100 JH |
2612 | d_statvfs (d_statvfs.U): |
2613 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STATVFS symbol, which | |
2614 | indicates to the C program that the statvfs() routine is available. | |
2615 | ||
781b178c JH |
2616 | d_stdio_cnt_lval (d_stdstdio.U): |
2617 | This variable conditionally defines STDIO_CNT_LVALUE if the | |
2618 | FILE_cnt macro can be used as an lvalue. | |
2619 | ||
2620 | d_stdio_ptr_lval (d_stdstdio.U): | |
2621 | This variable conditionally defines STDIO_PTR_LVALUE if the | |
2622 | FILE_ptr macro can be used as an lvalue. | |
2623 | ||
a7ffa9b9 NC |
2624 | d_stdio_ptr_lval_nochange_cnt (d_stdstdio.U): |
2625 | This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue | |
2626 | to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. | |
2627 | ||
2628 | d_stdio_ptr_lval_sets_cnt (d_stdstdio.U): | |
2629 | This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue | |
2630 | to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the | |
2631 | value of File_cnt(fp) by n. | |
2632 | ||
781b178c JH |
2633 | d_stdio_stream_array (stdio_streams.U): |
2634 | This variable tells whether there is an array holding | |
2635 | the stdio streams. | |
2636 | ||
2637 | d_stdiobase (d_stdstdio.U): | |
2638 | This variable conditionally defines USE_STDIO_BASE if this system | |
2639 | has a FILE structure declaring a usable _base field (or equivalent) | |
2640 | in stdio.h. | |
2641 | ||
2642 | d_stdstdio (d_stdstdio.U): | |
2643 | This variable conditionally defines USE_STDIO_PTR if this system | |
2644 | has a FILE structure declaring usable _ptr and _cnt fields (or | |
2645 | equivalent) in stdio.h. | |
2646 | ||
781b178c JH |
2647 | d_strcoll (d_strcoll.U): |
2648 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_STRCOLL if strcoll() is | |
2649 | available to compare strings using collating information. | |
2650 | ||
884c85de MB |
2651 | d_strerror_l (d_strerror_l.U): |
2652 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRERROR_L symbol, which | |
2653 | indicates to the C program that the strerror_l() routine is available | |
2654 | to return the error message for a given errno value in a particular | |
2655 | locale (identified by a locale_t object). | |
2656 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2657 | d_strerror_r (d_strerror_r.U): |
2658 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRERROR_R symbol, | |
2659 | which indicates to the C program that the strerror_r() | |
2660 | routine is available. | |
2661 | ||
b3c85772 JH |
2662 | d_strftime (d_strftime.U): |
2663 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRFTIME symbol, which | |
2664 | indicates to the C program that the strftime() routine is available. | |
2665 | ||
fd550ca5 MB |
2666 | d_strlcat (d_strlcat.U): |
2667 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRLCAT symbol, which | |
2668 | indicates to the C program that the strlcat () routine is available. | |
2669 | ||
2670 | d_strlcpy (d_strlcpy.U): | |
2671 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRLCPY symbol, which | |
2672 | indicates to the C program that the strlcpy () routine is available. | |
2673 | ||
7e03b2e3 MB |
2674 | d_strnlen (d_strnlen.U): |
2675 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRNLEN symbol, which | |
2676 | indicates to the C program that the strnlen () routine is available. | |
2677 | ||
781b178c JH |
2678 | d_strtod (d_strtod.U): |
2679 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOD symbol, which | |
2680 | indicates to the C program that the strtod() routine is available | |
2681 | to provide better numeric string conversion than atof(). | |
2682 | ||
ab03c4a8 MB |
2683 | d_strtod_l (d_strtod_l.U): |
2684 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOD_L symbol, which | |
2685 | indicates to the C program that the strtod_l() routine is available. | |
2686 | ||
781b178c JH |
2687 | d_strtol (d_strtol.U): |
2688 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOL symbol, which | |
2689 | indicates to the C program that the strtol() routine is available | |
2690 | to provide better numeric string conversion than atoi() and friends. | |
2691 | ||
ff935051 JH |
2692 | d_strtold (d_strtold.U): |
2693 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOLD symbol, which | |
2694 | indicates to the C program that the strtold() routine is available. | |
2695 | ||
7e03b2e3 MB |
2696 | d_strtold_l (d_strtold_l.U): |
2697 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOLD_L symbol, which | |
2698 | indicates to the C program that the strtold_l() routine is available. | |
2699 | ||
76d49b1c JH |
2700 | d_strtoll (d_strtoll.U): |
2701 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOLL symbol, which | |
2702 | indicates to the C program that the strtoll() routine is available. | |
2703 | ||
d0e6d399 NC |
2704 | d_strtoq (d_strtoq.U): |
2705 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOQ symbol, which | |
2706 | indicates to the C program that the strtoq() routine is available. | |
2707 | ||
781b178c JH |
2708 | d_strtoul (d_strtoul.U): |
2709 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOUL symbol, which | |
2710 | indicates to the C program that the strtoul() routine is available | |
2711 | to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. | |
2712 | ||
ff935051 | 2713 | d_strtoull (d_strtoull.U): |
11dc3f68 JH |
2714 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOULL symbol, which |
2715 | indicates to the C program that the strtoull() routine is available. | |
2716 | ||
ff935051 JH |
2717 | d_strtouq (d_strtouq.U): |
2718 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOUQ symbol, which | |
2719 | indicates to the C program that the strtouq() routine is available. | |
2720 | ||
781b178c JH |
2721 | d_strxfrm (d_strxfrm.U): |
2722 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_STRXFRM if strxfrm() is | |
2723 | available to transform strings. | |
2724 | ||
f1258252 MB |
2725 | d_strxfrm_l (d_strxfrm_l.U): |
2726 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_STRXFRM_L if strxfrm_l() is | |
2727 | available to transform strings. | |
2728 | ||
781b178c JH |
2729 | d_suidsafe (d_dosuid.U): |
2730 | This variable conditionally defines SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW | |
2731 | if setuid scripts can be secure. This test looks in /dev/fd/. | |
2732 | ||
2733 | d_symlink (d_symlink.U): | |
2734 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SYMLINK symbol, which | |
2735 | indicates to the C program that the symlink() routine is available | |
2736 | to create symbolic links. | |
2737 | ||
2738 | d_syscall (d_syscall.U): | |
2739 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SYSCALL if syscall() is | |
2740 | available call arbitrary system calls. | |
2741 | ||
5af95cda JH |
2742 | d_syscallproto (d_syscallproto.U): |
2743 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO symbol, | |
2744 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
2745 | a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is | |
2746 | up to the program to supply one. | |
2747 | ||
781b178c JH |
2748 | d_sysconf (d_sysconf.U): |
2749 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SYSCONF symbol, which | |
2750 | indicates to the C program that the sysconf() routine is available | |
2751 | to determine system related limits and options. | |
2752 | ||
2753 | d_sysernlst (d_strerror.U): | |
2754 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SYS_ERRNOLIST if sys_errnolist[] | |
2755 | is available to translate error numbers to the symbolic name. | |
2756 | ||
2757 | d_syserrlst (d_strerror.U): | |
2758 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SYS_ERRLIST if sys_errlist[] is | |
2759 | available to translate error numbers to strings. | |
2760 | ||
2761 | d_system (d_system.U): | |
2762 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SYSTEM if system() is | |
2763 | available to issue a shell command. | |
2764 | ||
2765 | d_tcgetpgrp (d_tcgtpgrp.U): | |
2766 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TCGETPGRP symbol, which | |
2767 | indicates to the C program that the tcgetpgrp() routine is available. | |
2768 | to get foreground process group ID. | |
2769 | ||
2770 | d_tcsetpgrp (d_tcstpgrp.U): | |
2771 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TCSETPGRP symbol, which | |
2772 | indicates to the C program that the tcsetpgrp() routine is available | |
2773 | to set foreground process group ID. | |
2774 | ||
781b178c JH |
2775 | d_telldir (d_readdir.U): |
2776 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_TELLDIR if telldir() is | |
2777 | available. | |
2778 | ||
2779 | d_telldirproto (d_telldirproto.U): | |
2780 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO symbol, | |
2781 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
2782 | a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is | |
2783 | up to the program to supply one. | |
2784 | ||
427d28ce JH |
2785 | d_tgamma (d_tgamma.U): |
2786 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TGAMMA symbol, which | |
2787 | indicates to the C program that the tgamma() routine is available | |
f40bbcbf | 2788 | for the gamma function. See also d_lgamma. |
427d28ce | 2789 | |
65f70681 NC |
2790 | d_thread_local (d_thread_local.U): |
2791 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_THREAD_LOCAL symbol. In | |
2792 | turn that gives a linkage specification for thread-local storage. | |
2793 | ||
7e03b2e3 MB |
2794 | d_thread_safe_nl_langinfo_l (d_nl_langinfo_l.U): |
2795 | This variable contains the eventual value of the | |
2796 | HAS_THREAD_SAFE_NL_LANGINFO_L symbol, which indicates if the | |
2797 | nl_langinfo_l() function exists and is thread-safe. | |
2798 | ||
781b178c JH |
2799 | d_time (d_time.U): |
2800 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TIME symbol, which indicates | |
47e01c32 | 2801 | that the time() routine exists. The time() routine is normally |
781b178c JH |
2802 | provided on UNIX systems. |
2803 | ||
cbb9e8a7 MB |
2804 | d_timegm (d_timegm.U): |
2805 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TIMEGM symbol, which | |
2806 | indicates to the C program that the timegm () routine is available. | |
2807 | ||
781b178c JH |
2808 | d_times (d_times.U): |
2809 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TIMES symbol, which indicates | |
47e01c32 | 2810 | that the times() routine exists. The times() routine is normally |
781b178c JH |
2811 | provided on UNIX systems. You may have to include <sys/times.h>. |
2812 | ||
511116db JH |
2813 | d_tm_tm_gmtoff (i_time.U): |
2814 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF, which indicates | |
a3815e44 | 2815 | to the C program that the struct tm has the tm_gmtoff field. |
511116db JH |
2816 | |
2817 | d_tm_tm_zone (i_time.U): | |
2818 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_TM_TM_ZONE, which indicates | |
a3815e44 | 2819 | to the C program that the struct tm has the tm_zone field. |
511116db | 2820 | |
10bc17b6 JH |
2821 | d_tmpnam_r (d_tmpnam_r.U): |
2822 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TMPNAM_R symbol, | |
2823 | which indicates to the C program that the tmpnam_r() | |
2824 | routine is available. | |
2825 | ||
ab03c4a8 MB |
2826 | d_towlower (d_towlower.U): |
2827 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TOWLOWER symbol, which | |
2828 | indicates to the C program that the towlower() routine is available. | |
2829 | ||
2830 | d_towupper (d_towupper.U): | |
2831 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TOWUPPER symbol, which | |
2832 | indicates to the C program that the towupper() routine is available. | |
2833 | ||
427d28ce | 2834 | d_trunc (d_trunc.U): |
f40bbcbf | 2835 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TRUNC symbol, which |
427d28ce JH |
2836 | indicates to the C program that the trunc() routine is available |
2837 | to round doubles towards zero. | |
2838 | ||
f40bbcbf MB |
2839 | d_truncate (d_truncate.U): |
2840 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_TRUNCATE if truncate() is | |
2841 | available to truncate files. | |
2842 | ||
4842dad7 JH |
2843 | d_truncl (d_truncl.U): |
2844 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TRUNCL symbol, which | |
d6f85a58 MB |
2845 | indicates to the C program that the truncl() routine is available |
2846 | to round long doubles towards zero. If copysignl is also present, | |
2847 | we can emulate modfl. | |
4842dad7 | 2848 | |
10bc17b6 JH |
2849 | d_ttyname_r (d_ttyname_r.U): |
2850 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TTYNAME_R symbol, | |
2851 | which indicates to the C program that the ttyname_r() | |
2852 | routine is available. | |
2853 | ||
781b178c JH |
2854 | d_tzname (d_tzname.U): |
2855 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_TZNAME if tzname[] is | |
2856 | available to access timezone names. | |
2857 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
2858 | d_u32align (d_u32align.U): |
2859 | This variable tells whether you must access character data | |
2860 | through U32-aligned pointers. | |
2861 | ||
2862 | d_ualarm (d_ualarm.U): | |
2863 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_UALARM symbol, which | |
2864 | indicates to the C program that the ualarm() routine is available. | |
2865 | ||
781b178c JH |
2866 | d_umask (d_umask.U): |
2867 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_UMASK symbol, which | |
2868 | indicates to the C program that the umask() routine is available. | |
2869 | to set and get the value of the file creation mask. | |
2870 | ||
2871 | d_uname (d_gethname.U): | |
2872 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_UNAME symbol, which | |
2873 | indicates to the C program that the uname() routine may be | |
2874 | used to derive the host name. | |
2875 | ||
2876 | d_union_semun (d_union_semun.U): | |
2877 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_UNION_SEMUN if the | |
2878 | union semun is defined by including <sys/sem.h>. | |
2879 | ||
3c29c5aa | 2880 | d_unlinkat (d_fsat.U): |
d226c0a2 TC |
2881 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_UNLINKAT symbol, which |
2882 | indicates the POSIX unlinkat() function isavailable. | |
2883 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
2884 | d_unordered (d_unordered.U): |
2885 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_UNORDERED symbol, which | |
2886 | indicates to the C program that the unordered() routine is available. | |
2887 | ||
bdf33aa7 SP |
2888 | d_unsetenv (d_unsetenv.U): |
2889 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_UNSETENV symbol, which | |
2890 | indicates to the C program that the unsetenv () routine is available. | |
2891 | ||
ecb44b8e MB |
2892 | d_uselocale (d_newlocale.U): |
2893 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_USELOCALE symbol, which | |
2894 | indicates to the C program that the uselocale() routine is available | |
2895 | to set the current locale for the calling thread. | |
2896 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
2897 | d_usleep (d_usleep.U): |
2898 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_USLEEP if usleep() is | |
2899 | available to do high granularity sleeps. | |
2900 | ||
5af95cda JH |
2901 | d_usleepproto (d_usleepproto.U): |
2902 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_USLEEP_PROTO symbol, | |
2903 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
2904 | a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is | |
2905 | up to the program to supply one. | |
2906 | ||
ea442100 JH |
2907 | d_ustat (d_ustat.U): |
2908 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_USTAT if ustat() is | |
2909 | available to query file system statistics by dev_t. | |
2910 | ||
526fdc24 MS |
2911 | d_vendorarch (vendorarch.U): |
2912 | This variable conditionally defined PERL_VENDORARCH. | |
2913 | ||
0617aed7 JH |
2914 | d_vendorbin (vendorbin.U): |
2915 | This variable conditionally defines PERL_VENDORBIN. | |
2916 | ||
a3635516 JH |
2917 | d_vendorlib (vendorlib.U): |
2918 | This variable conditionally defines PERL_VENDORLIB. | |
2919 | ||
10305dfa JH |
2920 | d_vendorscript (vendorscript.U): |
2921 | This variable conditionally defines PERL_VENDORSCRIPT. | |
2922 | ||
781b178c JH |
2923 | d_vfork (d_vfork.U): |
2924 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_VFORK symbol, which | |
2925 | indicates the vfork() routine is available. | |
2926 | ||
2927 | d_void_closedir (d_closedir.U): | |
2928 | This variable conditionally defines VOID_CLOSEDIR if closedir() | |
2929 | does not return a value. | |
2930 | ||
2931 | d_voidsig (d_voidsig.U): | |
2932 | This variable conditionally defines VOIDSIG if this system | |
2933 | declares "void (*signal(...))()" in signal.h. The old way was to | |
2934 | declare it as "int (*signal(...))()". | |
2935 | ||
2936 | d_voidtty (i_sysioctl.U): | |
2937 | This variable conditionally defines USE_IOCNOTTY to indicate that the | |
2938 | ioctl() call with TIOCNOTTY should be used to void tty association. | |
2939 | Otherwise (on USG probably), it is enough to close the standard file | |
47e01c32 | 2940 | descriptors and do a setpgrp(). |
781b178c | 2941 | |
4059ba87 AC |
2942 | d_vsnprintf (d_snprintf.U): |
2943 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_VSNPRINTF symbol, which | |
2944 | indicates to the C program that the vsnprintf () library function | |
2945 | is available. | |
2946 | ||
781b178c JH |
2947 | d_wait4 (d_wait4.U): |
2948 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_WAIT4 symbol, which | |
2949 | indicates the wait4() routine is available. | |
2950 | ||
2951 | d_waitpid (d_waitpid.U): | |
2952 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_WAITPID if waitpid() is | |
2953 | available to wait for child process. | |
2954 | ||
4852e23a DIM |
2955 | d_wcrtomb (d_wcrtomb.U): |
2956 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_WCRTOMB symbol if the | |
2957 | wcrtomb() routine is available to be used to convert a wide character | |
2958 | into a multi-byte character. | |
2959 | ||
9cdcdad1 MB |
2960 | d_wcscmp (d_wcscmp.U): |
2961 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_WCSCMP symbol if the | |
2962 | wcscmp() routine is available and can be used to compare wide | |
2963 | character strings. | |
2964 | ||
781b178c JH |
2965 | d_wcstombs (d_wcstombs.U): |
2966 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_WCSTOMBS symbol, which | |
2967 | indicates to the C program that the wcstombs() routine is available | |
2968 | to convert wide character strings to multibyte strings. | |
2969 | ||
9cdcdad1 MB |
2970 | d_wcsxfrm (d_wcsxfrm.U): |
2971 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_WCSXFRM symbol if the | |
2972 | wcsxfrm() routine is available and can be used to compare wide | |
2973 | character strings. | |
2974 | ||
781b178c JH |
2975 | d_wctomb (d_wctomb.U): |
2976 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_WCTOMB symbol, which | |
2977 | indicates to the C program that the wctomb() routine is available | |
2978 | to convert a wide character to a multibyte. | |
2979 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
2980 | d_writev (d_writev.U): |
2981 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_WRITEV symbol, which | |
2982 | indicates to the C program that the writev() routine is available. | |
2983 | ||
781b178c JH |
2984 | d_xenix (Guess.U): |
2985 | This variable conditionally defines the symbol XENIX, which alerts | |
2986 | the C program that it runs under Xenix. | |
2987 | ||
2988 | date (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 2989 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
2990 | full pathname (if any) of the date program. After Configure runs, |
2991 | the value is reset to a plain "date" and is not useful. | |
2992 | ||
2993 | db_hashtype (i_db.U): | |
2994 | This variable contains the type of the hash structure element | |
2995 | in the <db.h> header file. In older versions of DB, it was | |
2996 | int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. | |
2997 | ||
2998 | db_prefixtype (i_db.U): | |
2999 | This variable contains the type of the prefix structure element | |
3000 | in the <db.h> header file. In older versions of DB, it was | |
3001 | int, while in newer ones it is size_t. | |
3002 | ||
640374d0 JH |
3003 | db_version_major (i_db.U): |
3004 | This variable contains the major version number of | |
3005 | Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header file. | |
3006 | ||
3007 | db_version_minor (i_db.U): | |
3008 | This variable contains the minor version number of | |
3009 | Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header file. | |
3010 | For DB version 1 this is always 0. | |
3011 | ||
3012 | db_version_patch (i_db.U): | |
3013 | This variable contains the patch version number of | |
3014 | Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header file. | |
3015 | For DB version 1 this is always 0. | |
3016 | ||
32db2dd3 MB |
3017 | default_inc_excludes_dot (defaultincdot.U): |
3018 | When defined, remove the legacy '.' from @INC | |
3019 | ||
781b178c JH |
3020 | direntrytype (i_dirent.U): |
3021 | This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on | |
3022 | whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to | |
3023 | portably declare your directory entries. | |
3024 | ||
3025 | dlext (dlext.U): | |
3026 | This variable contains the extension that is to be used for the | |
1332606d | 3027 | dynamically loaded modules that perl generates. |
781b178c JH |
3028 | |
3029 | dlsrc (dlsrc.U): | |
3030 | This variable contains the name of the dynamic loading file that | |
3031 | will be used with the package. | |
3032 | ||
44521f3a JH |
3033 | doubleinfbytes (infnan.U): |
3034 | This variable contains comma-separated list of hexadecimal bytes | |
3035 | for the double precision infinity. | |
3036 | ||
f40bbcbf | 3037 | doublekind (longdblfio.U): |
bade9271 | 3038 | This variable, if defined, encodes the type of a double: |
aaca660c AC |
3039 | 1 = IEEE 754 32-bit little endian, |
3040 | 2 = IEEE 754 32-bit big endian, | |
3041 | 3 = IEEE 754 64-bit little endian, | |
3042 | 4 = IEEE 754 64-bit big endian, | |
3043 | 5 = IEEE 754 128-bit little endian, | |
3044 | 6 = IEEE 754 128-bit big endian, | |
3045 | 7 = IEEE 754 64-bit mixed endian le-be, | |
3046 | 8 = IEEE 754 64-bit mixed endian be-le, | |
884c85de MB |
3047 | 9 = VAX 32bit little endian F float format |
3048 | 10 = VAX 64bit little endian D float format | |
3049 | 11 = VAX 64bit little endian G float format | |
6e6b38ae JH |
3050 | 12 = IBM 32bit format |
3051 | 13 = IBM 64bit format | |
3052 | 14 = Cray 64bit format | |
bade9271 JH |
3053 | -1 = unknown format. |
3054 | ||
ed3917fd JH |
3055 | doublemantbits (mantbits.U): |
3056 | This symbol, if defined, tells how many mantissa bits | |
3057 | there are in double precision floating point format. | |
3058 | Note that this is usually DBL_MANT_DIG minus one, since | |
3059 | with the standard IEEE 754 formats DBL_MANT_DIG includes | |
3060 | the implicit bit which doesn't really exist. | |
3061 | ||
44521f3a JH |
3062 | doublenanbytes (infnan.U): |
3063 | This variable contains comma-separated list of hexadecimal bytes | |
3064 | for the double precision not-a-number. | |
3065 | ||
781b178c JH |
3066 | doublesize (doublesize.U): |
3067 | This variable contains the value of the DOUBLESIZE symbol, which | |
3068 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a double. | |
3069 | ||
3070 | drand01 (randfunc.U): | |
3071 | Indicates the macro to be used to generate normalized | |
3072 | random numbers. Uses randfunc, often divided by | |
3073 | (double) (((unsigned long) 1 << randbits)) in order to | |
3074 | normalize the result. | |
3075 | In C programs, the macro 'Drand01' is mapped to drand01. | |
3076 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
3077 | drand48_r_proto (d_drand48_r.U): |
3078 | This variable encodes the prototype of drand48_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3079 | It is zero if d_drand48_r is undef, and one of the |
3080 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_drand48_r | |
3081 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 3082 | |
34f1896b MB |
3083 | dtrace (usedtrace.U): |
3084 | This variable holds the location of the dtrace executable. | |
3085 | ||
2640dfa8 | 3086 | dtraceobject (dtraceobject.U): |
c2538af7 TC |
3087 | Whether we need to build an object file with the dtrace tool. |
3088 | ||
f2a60c1f TC |
3089 | dtracexnolibs (dtraceobject.U): |
3090 | Whether dtrace accepts -xnolibs. If available we call dtrace -h | |
3091 | and dtrace -G with -xnolibs to allow dtrace to run in a jail on | |
3092 | FreeBSD. | |
3093 | ||
781b178c JH |
3094 | dynamic_ext (Extensions.U): |
3095 | This variable holds a list of XS extension files we want to | |
3096 | link dynamically into the package. It is used by Makefile. | |
3097 | ||
3098 | eagain (nblock_io.U): | |
3099 | This variable bears the symbolic errno code set by read() when no | |
3100 | data is present on the file and non-blocking I/O was enabled (otherwise, | |
3101 | read() blocks naturally). | |
3102 | ||
3103 | ebcdic (ebcdic.U): | |
3104 | This variable conditionally defines EBCDIC if this | |
1332606d | 3105 | system uses EBCDIC encoding. |
781b178c JH |
3106 | |
3107 | echo (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 3108 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
3109 | full pathname (if any) of the echo program. After Configure runs, |
3110 | the value is reset to a plain "echo" and is not useful. | |
3111 | ||
3112 | egrep (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 3113 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
3114 | full pathname (if any) of the egrep program. After Configure runs, |
3115 | the value is reset to a plain "egrep" and is not useful. | |
3116 | ||
3117 | emacs (Loc.U): | |
3118 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 3119 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 3120 | |
f40bbcbf | 3121 | endgrent_r_proto (d_endgrent_r.U): |
10bc17b6 | 3122 | This variable encodes the prototype of endgrent_r. |
39183afa JH |
3123 | It is zero if d_endgrent_r is undef, and one of the |
3124 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endgrent_r | |
3125 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3126 | |
3127 | endhostent_r_proto (d_endhostent_r.U): | |
3128 | This variable encodes the prototype of endhostent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3129 | It is zero if d_endhostent_r is undef, and one of the |
3130 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endhostent_r | |
3131 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3132 | |
3133 | endnetent_r_proto (d_endnetent_r.U): | |
3134 | This variable encodes the prototype of endnetent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3135 | It is zero if d_endnetent_r is undef, and one of the |
3136 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endnetent_r | |
3137 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3138 | |
3139 | endprotoent_r_proto (d_endprotoent_r.U): | |
3140 | This variable encodes the prototype of endprotoent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3141 | It is zero if d_endprotoent_r is undef, and one of the |
3142 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endprotoent_r | |
3143 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3144 | |
3145 | endpwent_r_proto (d_endpwent_r.U): | |
3146 | This variable encodes the prototype of endpwent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3147 | It is zero if d_endpwent_r is undef, and one of the |
3148 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endpwent_r | |
3149 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3150 | |
3151 | endservent_r_proto (d_endservent_r.U): | |
3152 | This variable encodes the prototype of endservent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3153 | It is zero if d_endservent_r is undef, and one of the |
3154 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endservent_r | |
3155 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 3156 | |
781b178c JH |
3157 | eunicefix (Init.U): |
3158 | When running under Eunice this variable contains a command which will | |
3159 | convert a shell script to the proper form of text file for it to be | |
3160 | executable by the shell. On other systems it is a no-op. | |
3161 | ||
3162 | exe_ext (Unix.U): | |
3163 | This is an old synonym for _exe. | |
3164 | ||
3165 | expr (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 3166 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
3167 | full pathname (if any) of the expr program. After Configure runs, |
3168 | the value is reset to a plain "expr" and is not useful. | |
3169 | ||
3170 | extensions (Extensions.U): | |
3171 | This variable holds a list of all extension files (both XS and | |
f7b3892b | 3172 | non-xs) installed with the package. It is propagated to Config.pm |
47e01c32 | 3173 | and is typically used to test whether a particular extension |
781b178c JH |
3174 | is available. |
3175 | ||
61c26d18 MHM |
3176 | extern_C (Csym.U): |
3177 | ANSI C requires 'extern' where C++ requires 'extern "C"'. This | |
3178 | variable can be used in Configure to do the right thing. | |
3179 | ||
cb7ddd31 JH |
3180 | extras (Extras.U): |
3181 | This variable holds a list of extra modules to install. | |
3182 | ||
781b178c JH |
3183 | fflushall (fflushall.U): |
3184 | This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush | |
3185 | all pending stdio output one must loop through all | |
3186 | the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. | |
3187 | Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not | |
3188 | even be probed for and will be left undefined. | |
3189 | ||
4d54317a | 3190 | fflushNULL (fflushall.U): |
a05353bf MB |
3191 | This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) correctly |
3192 | flushes all pending stdio output without side effects. In | |
3193 | particular, on some platforms calling fflush(NULL) *still* | |
3194 | corrupts STDIN if it is a pipe. | |
4d54317a | 3195 | |
781b178c | 3196 | find (Loc.U): |
ff935051 | 3197 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. |
fcdf39cf | 3198 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
3199 | |
3200 | firstmakefile (Unix.U): | |
3201 | This variable defines the first file searched by make. On unix, | |
3202 | it is makefile (then Makefile). On case-insensitive systems, | |
3203 | it might be something else. This is only used to deal with | |
3204 | convoluted make depend tricks. | |
3205 | ||
3206 | flex (Loc.U): | |
3207 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 3208 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 3209 | |
a22e52b9 JH |
3210 | fpossize (fpossize.U): |
3211 | This variable contains the size of a fpostype in bytes. | |
3212 | ||
781b178c | 3213 | fpostype (fpostype.U): |
635aebb7 | 3214 | This variable defines Fpos_t to be something like fpos_t, long, |
781b178c JH |
3215 | uint, or whatever type is used to declare file positions in libc. |
3216 | ||
3217 | freetype (mallocsrc.U): | |
3218 | This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually | |
3219 | void, but occasionally int. | |
3220 | ||
5440bc8e JH |
3221 | from (Cross.U): |
3222 | This variable contains the command used by Configure | |
3223 | to copy files from the target host. Useful and available | |
3224 | only during Perl build. | |
3225 | The string ':' if not cross-compiling. | |
3226 | ||
781b178c JH |
3227 | full_ar (Loc_ar.U): |
3228 | This variable contains the full pathname to 'ar', whether or | |
3229 | not the user has specified 'portability'. This is only used | |
3230 | in the Makefile.SH. | |
3231 | ||
3232 | full_csh (d_csh.U): | |
3233 | This variable contains the full pathname to 'csh', whether or | |
3234 | not the user has specified 'portability'. This is only used | |
3235 | in the compiled C program, and we assume that all systems which | |
3236 | can share this executable will have the same full pathname to | |
3237 | 'csh.' | |
3238 | ||
3239 | full_sed (Loc_sed.U): | |
3240 | This variable contains the full pathname to 'sed', whether or | |
3241 | not the user has specified 'portability'. This is only used | |
3242 | in the compiled C program, and we assume that all systems which | |
3243 | can share this executable will have the same full pathname to | |
3244 | 'sed.' | |
3245 | ||
123f32c0 MB |
3246 | gccansipedantic (gccvers.U): |
3247 | If GNU cc (gcc) is used, this variable will enable (if set) the | |
3248 | -ansi and -pedantic ccflags for building core files (through | |
3249 | cflags script). (See Porting/pumpkin.pod for full description). | |
3250 | ||
af960fef | 3251 | gccosandvers (gccvers.U): |
123f32c0 MB |
3252 | If GNU cc (gcc) is used, this variable holds the operating system |
3253 | and version used to compile gcc. It is set to '' if not gcc, | |
af960fef JH |
3254 | or if nothing useful can be parsed as the os version. |
3255 | ||
3256 | gccversion (gccvers.U): | |
123f32c0 | 3257 | If GNU cc (gcc) is used, this variable holds '1' or '2' to |
781b178c JH |
3258 | indicate whether the compiler is version 1 or 2. This is used in |
3259 | setting some of the default cflags. It is set to '' if not gcc. | |
3260 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
3261 | getgrent_r_proto (d_getgrent_r.U): |
3262 | This variable encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3263 | It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the |
3264 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r | |
3265 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3266 | |
3267 | getgrgid_r_proto (d_getgrgid_r.U): | |
3268 | This variable encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3269 | It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the |
3270 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r | |
3271 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3272 | |
3273 | getgrnam_r_proto (d_getgrnam_r.U): | |
3274 | This variable encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3275 | It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the |
3276 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r | |
3277 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3278 | |
3279 | gethostbyaddr_r_proto (d_gethostbyaddr_r.U): | |
3280 | This variable encodes the prototype of gethostbyaddr_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3281 | It is zero if d_gethostbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the |
3282 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyaddr_r | |
3283 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3284 | |
3285 | gethostbyname_r_proto (d_gethostbyname_r.U): | |
3286 | This variable encodes the prototype of gethostbyname_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3287 | It is zero if d_gethostbyname_r is undef, and one of the |
3288 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyname_r | |
3289 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3290 | |
3291 | gethostent_r_proto (d_gethostent_r.U): | |
3292 | This variable encodes the prototype of gethostent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3293 | It is zero if d_gethostent_r is undef, and one of the |
3294 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostent_r | |
3295 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3296 | |
3297 | getlogin_r_proto (d_getlogin_r.U): | |
3298 | This variable encodes the prototype of getlogin_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3299 | It is zero if d_getlogin_r is undef, and one of the |
3300 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getlogin_r | |
3301 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3302 | |
3303 | getnetbyaddr_r_proto (d_getnetbyaddr_r.U): | |
3304 | This variable encodes the prototype of getnetbyaddr_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3305 | It is zero if d_getnetbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the |
3306 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyaddr_r | |
3307 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3308 | |
3309 | getnetbyname_r_proto (d_getnetbyname_r.U): | |
3310 | This variable encodes the prototype of getnetbyname_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3311 | It is zero if d_getnetbyname_r is undef, and one of the |
3312 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyname_r | |
3313 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3314 | |
3315 | getnetent_r_proto (d_getnetent_r.U): | |
3316 | This variable encodes the prototype of getnetent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3317 | It is zero if d_getnetent_r is undef, and one of the |
3318 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetent_r | |
3319 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3320 | |
3321 | getprotobyname_r_proto (d_getprotobyname_r.U): | |
3322 | This variable encodes the prototype of getprotobyname_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3323 | It is zero if d_getprotobyname_r is undef, and one of the |
3324 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobyname_r | |
3325 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3326 | |
3327 | getprotobynumber_r_proto (d_getprotobynumber_r.U): | |
3328 | This variable encodes the prototype of getprotobynumber_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3329 | It is zero if d_getprotobynumber_r is undef, and one of the |
3330 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobynumber_r | |
3331 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3332 | |
3333 | getprotoent_r_proto (d_getprotoent_r.U): | |
3334 | This variable encodes the prototype of getprotoent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3335 | It is zero if d_getprotoent_r is undef, and one of the |
3336 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotoent_r | |
3337 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3338 | |
3339 | getpwent_r_proto (d_getpwent_r.U): | |
3340 | This variable encodes the prototype of getpwent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3341 | It is zero if d_getpwent_r is undef, and one of the |
3342 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwent_r | |
3343 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3344 | |
3345 | getpwnam_r_proto (d_getpwnam_r.U): | |
3346 | This variable encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3347 | It is zero if d_getpwnam_r is undef, and one of the |
3348 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwnam_r | |
3349 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3350 | |
3351 | getpwuid_r_proto (d_getpwuid_r.U): | |
3352 | This variable encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3353 | It is zero if d_getpwuid_r is undef, and one of the |
3354 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwuid_r | |
3355 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3356 | |
3357 | getservbyname_r_proto (d_getservbyname_r.U): | |
3358 | This variable encodes the prototype of getservbyname_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3359 | It is zero if d_getservbyname_r is undef, and one of the |
3360 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyname_r | |
3361 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3362 | |
3363 | getservbyport_r_proto (d_getservbyport_r.U): | |
3364 | This variable encodes the prototype of getservbyport_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3365 | It is zero if d_getservbyport_r is undef, and one of the |
3366 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyport_r | |
3367 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3368 | |
3369 | getservent_r_proto (d_getservent_r.U): | |
3370 | This variable encodes the prototype of getservent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3371 | It is zero if d_getservent_r is undef, and one of the |
3372 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservent_r | |
3373 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3374 | |
3375 | getspnam_r_proto (d_getspnam_r.U): | |
3376 | This variable encodes the prototype of getspnam_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3377 | It is zero if d_getspnam_r is undef, and one of the |
3378 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getspnam_r | |
3379 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 3380 | |
a22e52b9 JH |
3381 | gidformat (gidf.U): |
3382 | This variable contains the format string used for printing a Gid_t. | |
3383 | ||
785fb66b JH |
3384 | gidsign (gidsign.U): |
3385 | This variable contains the signedness of a gidtype. | |
3386 | 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. | |
3387 | ||
3388 | gidsize (gidsize.U): | |
3389 | This variable contains the size of a gidtype in bytes. | |
3390 | ||
781b178c JH |
3391 | gidtype (gidtype.U): |
3392 | This variable defines Gid_t to be something like gid_t, int, | |
3393 | ushort, or whatever type is used to declare the return type | |
3394 | of getgid(). Typically, it is the type of group ids in the kernel. | |
3395 | ||
3396 | glibpth (libpth.U): | |
3397 | This variable holds the general path (space-separated) used to | |
3398 | find libraries. It may contain directories that do not exist on | |
3399 | this platform, libpth is the cleaned-up version. | |
3400 | ||
c68a00c0 JH |
3401 | gmake (Loc.U): |
3402 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the | |
3403 | full pathname (if any) of the gmake program. After Configure runs, | |
3404 | the value is reset to a plain "gmake" and is not useful. | |
3405 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
3406 | gmtime_r_proto (d_gmtime_r.U): |
3407 | This variable encodes the prototype of gmtime_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3408 | It is zero if d_gmtime_r is undef, and one of the |
3409 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gmtime_r | |
3410 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 3411 | |
00fac743 JH |
3412 | gnulibc_version (d_gnulibc.U): |
3413 | This variable contains the version number of the GNU C library. | |
3414 | It is usually something like '2.2.5'. It is a plain '' if this | |
3415 | is not the GNU C library, or if the version is unknown. | |
3416 | ||
781b178c | 3417 | grep (Loc.U): |
5bf26616 | 3418 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
3419 | full pathname (if any) of the grep program. After Configure runs, |
3420 | the value is reset to a plain "grep" and is not useful. | |
3421 | ||
3422 | groupcat (nis.U): | |
3423 | This variable contains a command that produces the text of the | |
3424 | /etc/group file. This is normally "cat /etc/group", but can be | |
3425 | "ypcat group" when NIS is used. | |
aaacdc8b GS |
3426 | On some systems, such as os390, there may be no equivalent |
3427 | command, in which case this variable is unset. | |
781b178c JH |
3428 | |
3429 | groupstype (groupstype.U): | |
635aebb7 | 3430 | This variable defines Groups_t to be something like gid_t, int, |
781b178c JH |
3431 | ushort, or whatever type is used for the second argument to |
3432 | getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as | |
3433 | gidtype (gid_t), but sometimes it isn't. | |
3434 | ||
3435 | gzip (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 3436 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
3437 | full pathname (if any) of the gzip program. After Configure runs, |
3438 | the value is reset to a plain "gzip" and is not useful. | |
3439 | ||
3440 | h_fcntl (h_fcntl.U): | |
3441 | This is variable gets set in various places to tell i_fcntl that | |
3442 | <fcntl.h> should be included. | |
3443 | ||
3444 | h_sysfile (h_sysfile.U): | |
3445 | This is variable gets set in various places to tell i_sys_file that | |
3446 | <sys/file.h> should be included. | |
3447 | ||
3448 | hint (Oldconfig.U): | |
3449 | Gives the type of hints used for previous answers. May be one of | |
3450 | "default", "recommended" or "previous". | |
3451 | ||
1d38f63f MB |
3452 | hostcat (nis.U): |
3453 | This variable contains a command that produces the text of the | |
3454 | /etc/hosts file. This is normally "cat /etc/hosts", but can be | |
3455 | "ypcat hosts" when NIS is used. | |
3456 | On some systems, such as os390, there may be no equivalent | |
3457 | command, in which case this variable is unset. | |
8b6a017c | 3458 | |
a6d9d244 | 3459 | hostgenerate (Cross.U): |
8b6a017c BF |
3460 | This variable contains the path to a generate_uudmap binary that |
3461 | can be run on the host OS when cross-compiling. Useful and | |
3462 | available only during Perl build. | |
3463 | Empty string '' if not cross-compiling. | |
3464 | ||
a6d9d244 | 3465 | hostosname (Cross.U): |
8b6a017c BF |
3466 | This variable contains the original value of '$^O' for hostperl |
3467 | when cross-compiling. This is useful to pick the proper tools | |
3468 | when running build code in the host. | |
3469 | Empty string '' if not cross-compiling. | |
3470 | ||
1d38f63f MB |
3471 | hostperl (Cross.U): |
3472 | This variable contains the path to a miniperl binary that can be | |
3473 | run on the host OS when cross-compiling. Useful and available only | |
3474 | during Perl build. | |
3475 | Empty string '' if not cross-compiling. | |
781b178c | 3476 | |
10305dfa JH |
3477 | html1dir (html1dir.U): |
3478 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which html | |
3479 | source pages are to be put. This directory is for pages | |
3480 | that describe whole programs, not libraries or modules. It | |
3481 | is intended to correspond roughly to section 1 of the Unix | |
3482 | manuals. | |
3483 | ||
3484 | html1direxp (html1dir.U): | |
3485 | This variable is the same as the html1dir variable, but is filename | |
3486 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. | |
3487 | ||
3488 | html3dir (html3dir.U): | |
3489 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which html | |
3490 | source pages are to be put. This directory is for pages | |
3491 | that describe libraries or modules. It is intended to | |
3492 | correspond roughly to section 3 of the Unix manuals. | |
3493 | ||
3494 | html3direxp (html3dir.U): | |
3495 | This variable is the same as the html3dir variable, but is filename | |
3496 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. | |
3497 | ||
a22e52b9 JH |
3498 | i16size (perlxv.U): |
3499 | This variable is the size of an I16 in bytes. | |
3500 | ||
3501 | i16type (perlxv.U): | |
3502 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's I16. | |
3503 | ||
3504 | i32size (perlxv.U): | |
3505 | This variable is the size of an I32 in bytes. | |
3506 | ||
3507 | i32type (perlxv.U): | |
3508 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's I32. | |
3509 | ||
3510 | i64size (perlxv.U): | |
3511 | This variable is the size of an I64 in bytes. | |
3512 | ||
3513 | i64type (perlxv.U): | |
3514 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's I64. | |
3515 | ||
3516 | i8size (perlxv.U): | |
3517 | This variable is the size of an I8 in bytes. | |
3518 | ||
3519 | i8type (perlxv.U): | |
3520 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's I8. | |
3521 | ||
781b178c JH |
3522 | i_arpainet (i_arpainet.U): |
3523 | This variable conditionally defines the I_ARPA_INET symbol, | |
3524 | and indicates whether a C program should include <arpa/inet.h>. | |
3525 | ||
f6a82ade MB |
3526 | i_bfd (i_bfd.U): |
3527 | This variable conditionally defines the I_BFD symbol, and | |
3528 | indicates whether a C program can include <bfd.h>. | |
3529 | ||
781b178c JH |
3530 | i_bsdioctl (i_sysioctl.U): |
3531 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_BSDIOCTL symbol, which | |
3532 | indicates to the C program that <sys/bsdioctl.h> exists and should | |
3533 | be included. | |
3534 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
3535 | i_crypt (i_crypt.U): |
3536 | This variable conditionally defines the I_CRYPT symbol, and indicates | |
3537 | whether a C program should include <crypt.h>. | |
3538 | ||
781b178c JH |
3539 | i_db (i_db.U): |
3540 | This variable conditionally defines the I_DB symbol, and indicates | |
3541 | whether a C program may include Berkeley's DB include file <db.h>. | |
3542 | ||
3543 | i_dbm (i_dbm.U): | |
3544 | This variable conditionally defines the I_DBM symbol, which | |
3545 | indicates to the C program that <dbm.h> exists and should | |
3546 | be included. | |
3547 | ||
3548 | i_dirent (i_dirent.U): | |
3549 | This variable conditionally defines I_DIRENT, which indicates | |
3550 | to the C program that it should include <dirent.h>. | |
3551 | ||
781b178c JH |
3552 | i_dlfcn (i_dlfcn.U): |
3553 | This variable conditionally defines the I_DLFCN symbol, which | |
3554 | indicates to the C program that <dlfcn.h> exists and should | |
3555 | be included. | |
3556 | ||
f6a82ade MB |
3557 | i_execinfo (i_execinfo.U): |
3558 | This variable conditionally defines the I_EXECINFO symbol, and indicates | |
3559 | whether a C program may include <execinfo.h>, for backtrace() support. | |
3560 | ||
781b178c JH |
3561 | i_fcntl (i_fcntl.U): |
3562 | This variable controls the value of I_FCNTL (which tells | |
3563 | the C program to include <fcntl.h>). | |
3564 | ||
d0166596 MB |
3565 | i_fenv (i_fenv.U): |
3566 | This variable conditionally defines the I_FENV symbol, which | |
3567 | indicates to the C program that <fenv.h> exists and should | |
3568 | be included. | |
3569 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
3570 | i_fp (i_fp.U): |
3571 | This variable conditionally defines the I_FP symbol, and indicates | |
3572 | whether a C program should include <fp.h>. | |
3573 | ||
3574 | i_fp_class (i_fp_class.U): | |
3575 | This variable conditionally defines the I_FP_CLASS symbol, and indicates | |
3576 | whether a C program should include <fp_class.h>. | |
3577 | ||
781b178c JH |
3578 | i_gdbm (i_gdbm.U): |
3579 | This variable conditionally defines the I_GDBM symbol, which | |
3580 | indicates to the C program that <gdbm.h> exists and should | |
3581 | be included. | |
3582 | ||
a33f2d9f AD |
3583 | i_gdbm_ndbm (i_ndbm.U): |
3584 | This variable conditionally defines the I_GDBM_NDBM symbol, which | |
3585 | indicates to the C program that <gdbm-ndbm.h> exists and should | |
3586 | be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file | |
3587 | in Debian 4.0. | |
3588 | ||
3589 | i_gdbmndbm (i_ndbm.U): | |
3590 | This variable conditionally defines the I_GDBMNDBM symbol, which | |
3591 | indicates to the C program that <gdbm/ndbm.h> exists and should | |
3592 | be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file | |
3593 | in RedHat 7.1. | |
3594 | ||
781b178c JH |
3595 | i_grp (i_grp.U): |
3596 | This variable conditionally defines the I_GRP symbol, and indicates | |
3597 | whether a C program should include <grp.h>. | |
3598 | ||
792d8dab JH |
3599 | i_ieeefp (i_ieeefp.U): |
3600 | This variable conditionally defines the I_IEEEFP symbol, and indicates | |
3601 | whether a C program should include <ieeefp.h>. | |
3602 | ||
781b178c JH |
3603 | i_inttypes (i_inttypes.U): |
3604 | This variable conditionally defines the I_INTTYPES symbol, | |
3605 | and indicates whether a C program should include <inttypes.h>. | |
3606 | ||
2765b840 JH |
3607 | i_langinfo (i_langinfo.U): |
3608 | This variable conditionally defines the I_LANGINFO symbol, | |
3609 | and indicates whether a C program should include <langinfo.h>. | |
3610 | ||
af960fef JH |
3611 | i_libutil (i_libutil.U): |
3612 | This variable conditionally defines the I_LIBUTIL symbol, and indicates | |
3613 | whether a C program should include <libutil.h>. | |
3614 | ||
781b178c JH |
3615 | i_locale (i_locale.U): |
3616 | This variable conditionally defines the I_LOCALE symbol, | |
3617 | and indicates whether a C program should include <locale.h>. | |
3618 | ||
3619 | i_machcthr (i_machcthr.U): | |
3620 | This variable conditionally defines the I_MACH_CTHREADS symbol, | |
3621 | and indicates whether a C program should include <mach/cthreads.h>. | |
3622 | ||
3623 | i_malloc (i_malloc.U): | |
3624 | This variable conditionally defines the I_MALLOC symbol, and indicates | |
3625 | whether a C program should include <malloc.h>. | |
3626 | ||
1cd66f7c DD |
3627 | i_mallocmalloc (i_mallocmalloc.U): |
3628 | This variable conditionally defines the I_MALLOCMALLOC symbol, | |
3629 | and indicates whether a C program should include <malloc/malloc.h>. | |
3630 | ||
ea442100 JH |
3631 | i_mntent (i_mntent.U): |
3632 | This variable conditionally defines the I_MNTENT symbol, and indicates | |
3633 | whether a C program should include <mntent.h>. | |
3634 | ||
781b178c JH |
3635 | i_ndbm (i_ndbm.U): |
3636 | This variable conditionally defines the I_NDBM symbol, which | |
3637 | indicates to the C program that <ndbm.h> exists and should | |
3638 | be included. | |
3639 | ||
3640 | i_netdb (i_netdb.U): | |
3641 | This variable conditionally defines the I_NETDB symbol, and indicates | |
3642 | whether a C program should include <netdb.h>. | |
3643 | ||
3644 | i_neterrno (i_neterrno.U): | |
3645 | This variable conditionally defines the I_NET_ERRNO symbol, which | |
3646 | indicates to the C program that <net/errno.h> exists and should | |
3647 | be included. | |
3648 | ||
3649 | i_netinettcp (i_netinettcp.U): | |
3650 | This variable conditionally defines the I_NETINET_TCP symbol, | |
3651 | and indicates whether a C program should include <netinet/tcp.h>. | |
3652 | ||
3653 | i_niin (i_niin.U): | |
3654 | This variable conditionally defines I_NETINET_IN, which indicates | |
3655 | to the C program that it should include <netinet/in.h>. Otherwise, | |
3656 | you may try <sys/in.h>. | |
3657 | ||
3658 | i_poll (i_poll.U): | |
3659 | This variable conditionally defines the I_POLL symbol, and indicates | |
3660 | whether a C program should include <poll.h>. | |
3661 | ||
3813c136 JH |
3662 | i_prot (i_prot.U): |
3663 | This variable conditionally defines the I_PROT symbol, and indicates | |
3664 | whether a C program should include <prot.h>. | |
3665 | ||
781b178c | 3666 | i_pthread (i_pthread.U): |
190b66db | 3667 | This variable conditionally defines the I_PTHREAD symbol, |
781b178c JH |
3668 | and indicates whether a C program should include <pthread.h>. |
3669 | ||
3670 | i_pwd (i_pwd.U): | |
3671 | This variable conditionally defines I_PWD, which indicates | |
3672 | to the C program that it should include <pwd.h>. | |
3673 | ||
4e5044f0 JH |
3674 | i_quadmath (i_quadmath.U): |
3675 | This variable conditionally defines I_QUADMATH, which indicates | |
3676 | to the C program that it should include <quadmath.h>. | |
3677 | ||
781b178c JH |
3678 | i_rpcsvcdbm (i_dbm.U): |
3679 | This variable conditionally defines the I_RPCSVC_DBM symbol, which | |
3680 | indicates to the C program that <rpcsvc/dbm.h> exists and should | |
3681 | be included. Some System V systems might need this instead of <dbm.h>. | |
3682 | ||
781b178c JH |
3683 | i_sgtty (i_termio.U): |
3684 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SGTTY symbol, which | |
3685 | indicates to the C program that it should include <sgtty.h> rather | |
3686 | than <termio.h>. | |
3687 | ||
3688 | i_shadow (i_shadow.U): | |
3689 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SHADOW symbol, and indicates | |
3690 | whether a C program should include <shadow.h>. | |
3691 | ||
3692 | i_socks (i_socks.U): | |
3693 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SOCKS symbol, and indicates | |
3694 | whether a C program should include <socks.h>. | |
3695 | ||
bd31be4b NC |
3696 | i_stdbool (i_stdbool.U): |
3697 | This variable conditionally defines the I_STDBOOL symbol, which | |
3698 | indicates to the C program that <stdbool.h> exists and should | |
3699 | be included. | |
3700 | ||
83f6d82b JH |
3701 | i_stdint (i_stdint.U): |
3702 | This variable conditionally defines the I_STDINT symbol, which | |
3703 | indicates to the C program that <stdint.h> exists and should | |
3704 | be included. | |
3705 | ||
7e03b2e3 MB |
3706 | i_stdlib (i_stdlib.U): |
3707 | This variable unconditionally defines the I_STDLIB symbol. | |
3708 | ||
792d8dab JH |
3709 | i_sunmath (i_sunmath.U): |
3710 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SUNMATH symbol, and indicates | |
3711 | whether a C program should include <sunmath.h>. | |
3712 | ||
781b178c JH |
3713 | i_sysaccess (i_sysaccess.U): |
3714 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_ACCESS symbol, | |
3715 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/access.h>. | |
3716 | ||
3717 | i_sysdir (i_sysdir.U): | |
3718 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_DIR symbol, and indicates | |
3719 | whether a C program should include <sys/dir.h>. | |
3720 | ||
3721 | i_sysfile (i_sysfile.U): | |
3722 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_FILE symbol, and indicates | |
3723 | whether a C program should include <sys/file.h> to get R_OK and friends. | |
3724 | ||
3725 | i_sysfilio (i_sysioctl.U): | |
3726 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_FILIO symbol, which | |
3727 | indicates to the C program that <sys/filio.h> exists and should | |
3728 | be included in preference to <sys/ioctl.h>. | |
3729 | ||
3730 | i_sysin (i_niin.U): | |
3731 | This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_IN, which indicates | |
3732 | to the C program that it should include <sys/in.h> instead of | |
3733 | <netinet/in.h>. | |
3734 | ||
3735 | i_sysioctl (i_sysioctl.U): | |
3736 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_IOCTL symbol, which | |
3737 | indicates to the C program that <sys/ioctl.h> exists and should | |
3738 | be included. | |
3739 | ||
ca52efda JH |
3740 | i_syslog (i_syslog.U): |
3741 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSLOG symbol, | |
3742 | and indicates whether a C program should include <syslog.h>. | |
3743 | ||
fe749a9f | 3744 | i_sysmman (i_sysmman.U): |
1a474c3e AC |
3745 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_MMAN symbol, |
3746 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/mman.h>. | |
fe749a9f | 3747 | |
87b71857 JH |
3748 | i_sysmode (i_sysmode.U): |
3749 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSMODE symbol, | |
3750 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/mode.h>. | |
3751 | ||
ea442100 JH |
3752 | i_sysmount (i_sysmount.U): |
3753 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSMOUNT symbol, | |
3754 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/mount.h>. | |
3755 | ||
781b178c JH |
3756 | i_sysndir (i_sysndir.U): |
3757 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_NDIR symbol, and indicates | |
3758 | whether a C program should include <sys/ndir.h>. | |
3759 | ||
3760 | i_sysparam (i_sysparam.U): | |
3761 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_PARAM symbol, and indicates | |
3762 | whether a C program should include <sys/param.h>. | |
3763 | ||
216dac04 MB |
3764 | i_syspoll (i_syspoll.U): |
3765 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_POLL symbol, which | |
3766 | indicates to the C program that it should include <sys/poll.h>. | |
3767 | ||
781b178c JH |
3768 | i_sysresrc (i_sysresrc.U): |
3769 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_RESOURCE symbol, | |
3770 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/resource.h>. | |
3771 | ||
3772 | i_syssecrt (i_syssecrt.U): | |
3773 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_SECURITY symbol, | |
3774 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/security.h>. | |
3775 | ||
3776 | i_sysselct (i_sysselct.U): | |
3777 | This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_SELECT, which indicates | |
3778 | to the C program that it should include <sys/select.h> in order to | |
3779 | get the definition of struct timeval. | |
3780 | ||
3781 | i_syssockio (i_sysioctl.U): | |
3782 | This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_SOCKIO to indicate to the | |
3783 | C program that socket ioctl codes may be found in <sys/sockio.h> | |
3784 | instead of <sys/ioctl.h>. | |
3785 | ||
3786 | i_sysstat (i_sysstat.U): | |
3787 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_STAT symbol, | |
3788 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/stat.h>. | |
3789 | ||
ea442100 JH |
3790 | i_sysstatfs (i_sysstatfs.U): |
3791 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSSTATFS symbol, | |
3792 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/statfs.h>. | |
3793 | ||
3794 | i_sysstatvfs (i_sysstatvfs.U): | |
3795 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSSTATVFS symbol, | |
3796 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/statvfs.h>. | |
3797 | ||
781b178c JH |
3798 | i_systime (i_time.U): |
3799 | This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_TIME, which indicates | |
3800 | to the C program that it should include <sys/time.h>. | |
3801 | ||
3802 | i_systimek (i_time.U): | |
3803 | This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL, which | |
3804 | indicates to the C program that it should include <sys/time.h> | |
3805 | with KERNEL defined. | |
3806 | ||
3807 | i_systimes (i_systimes.U): | |
3808 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_TIMES symbol, and indicates | |
3809 | whether a C program should include <sys/times.h>. | |
3810 | ||
3811 | i_systypes (i_systypes.U): | |
3812 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_TYPES symbol, | |
3813 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/types.h>. | |
3814 | ||
3815 | i_sysuio (i_sysuio.U): | |
3816 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSUIO symbol, and indicates | |
3817 | whether a C program should include <sys/uio.h>. | |
3818 | ||
3819 | i_sysun (i_sysun.U): | |
3820 | This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_UN, which indicates | |
3821 | to the C program that it should include <sys/un.h> to get UNIX | |
3822 | domain socket definitions. | |
3823 | ||
d4935d7f JH |
3824 | i_sysutsname (i_sysutsname.U): |
3825 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSUTSNAME symbol, | |
3826 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/utsname.h>. | |
3827 | ||
ea442100 JH |
3828 | i_sysvfs (i_sysvfs.U): |
3829 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSVFS symbol, | |
3830 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/vfs.h>. | |
3831 | ||
781b178c JH |
3832 | i_syswait (i_syswait.U): |
3833 | This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_WAIT, which indicates | |
3834 | to the C program that it should include <sys/wait.h>. | |
3835 | ||
3836 | i_termio (i_termio.U): | |
3837 | This variable conditionally defines the I_TERMIO symbol, which | |
3838 | indicates to the C program that it should include <termio.h> rather | |
3839 | than <sgtty.h>. | |
3840 | ||
3841 | i_termios (i_termio.U): | |
3842 | This variable conditionally defines the I_TERMIOS symbol, which | |
3843 | indicates to the C program that the POSIX <termios.h> file is | |
3844 | to be included. | |
3845 | ||
3846 | i_time (i_time.U): | |
7e03b2e3 | 3847 | This variable unconditionally defines I_TIME, which indicates |
781b178c JH |
3848 | to the C program that it should include <time.h>. |
3849 | ||
3850 | i_unistd (i_unistd.U): | |
3851 | This variable conditionally defines the I_UNISTD symbol, and indicates | |
3852 | whether a C program should include <unistd.h>. | |
3853 | ||
ea442100 JH |
3854 | i_ustat (i_ustat.U): |
3855 | This variable conditionally defines the I_USTAT symbol, and indicates | |
3856 | whether a C program should include <ustat.h>. | |
3857 | ||
781b178c JH |
3858 | i_utime (i_utime.U): |
3859 | This variable conditionally defines the I_UTIME symbol, and indicates | |
3860 | whether a C program should include <utime.h>. | |
3861 | ||
781b178c JH |
3862 | i_vfork (i_vfork.U): |
3863 | This variable conditionally defines the I_VFORK symbol, and indicates | |
3864 | whether a C program should include vfork.h. | |
3865 | ||
7e03b2e3 MB |
3866 | i_wchar (i_wchar.U): |
3867 | This variable conditionally defines the I_WCHAR symbol, | |
3868 | that indicates whether a C program may include <wchar.h>. | |
3869 | ||
ab03c4a8 MB |
3870 | i_wctype (i_wctype.U): |
3871 | This variable conditionally defines the I_WCTYPE symbol, | |
3872 | that indicates whether a C program may include <wctype.h>. | |
3873 | ||
7e69463d | 3874 | i_xlocale (d_newlocale.U): |
f1258252 MB |
3875 | This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the |
3876 | header xlocale.h is available. See also xlocale_needed. | |
7e69463d | 3877 | |
781b178c JH |
3878 | ignore_versioned_solibs (libs.U): |
3879 | This variable should be non-empty if non-versioned shared | |
3880 | libraries (libfoo.so.x.y) are to be ignored (because they | |
3881 | cannot be linked against). | |
3882 | ||
ff935051 JH |
3883 | inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U): |
3884 | This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over | |
3885 | which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically | |
3a096bf3 JH |
3886 | search when adding directories to @INC. The elements in |
3887 | the list are separated by spaces. This is only useful | |
ff935051 JH |
3888 | if you have a perl library directory tree structured like the |
3889 | default one. See INSTALL for how this works. The versioned | |
3890 | site_perl directory was introduced in 5.005, so that is the | |
3891 | lowest possible value. | |
3892 | ||
df4c34dc MB |
3893 | This list includes architecture-dependent directories back to |
3894 | version $api_versionstring (e.g. 5.5.640) and | |
3895 | architecture-independent directories all the way back to | |
3896 | 5.005. | |
3897 | ||
3a096bf3 JH |
3898 | inc_version_list_init (inc_version_list.U): |
3899 | This variable holds the same list as inc_version_list, but | |
635aebb7 | 3900 | each item is enclosed in double quotes and separated by commas, |
3a096bf3 JH |
3901 | suitable for use in the PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST initialization. |
3902 | ||
781b178c | 3903 | incpath (usrinc.U): |
bce0fc72 | 3904 | This variable must precede the normal include path to get the |
209e5c0a | 3905 | right one, as in "$incpath/usr/include" or "$incpath/usr/lib". |
781b178c JH |
3906 | Value can be "" or "/bsd43" on mips. |
3907 | ||
56b575b9 MB |
3908 | incpth (libpth.U): |
3909 | This variable must precede the normal include path to get the | |
3910 | right one, as in "$incpath/usr/include" or "$incpath/usr/lib". | |
3911 | Value can be "" or "/bsd43" on mips. | |
3912 | ||
781b178c JH |
3913 | inews (Loc.U): |
3914 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 3915 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 3916 | |
df4c34dc MB |
3917 | initialinstalllocation (bin.U): |
3918 | When userelocatableinc is true, this variable holds the location | |
3919 | that make install should copy the perl binary to, with all the | |
3920 | run-time relocatable paths calculated from this at install time. | |
1332606d | 3921 | When used, it is initialized to the original value of binexp, and |
df4c34dc MB |
3922 | then binexp is set to '.../', as the other binaries are found |
3923 | relative to the perl binary. | |
3924 | ||
781b178c JH |
3925 | installarchlib (archlib.U): |
3926 | This variable is really the same as archlibexp but may differ on | |
3927 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
3928 | should be used in makefiles. | |
3929 | ||
3930 | installbin (bin.U): | |
3931 | This variable is the same as binexp unless AFS is running in which case | |
47e01c32 | 3932 | the user is explicitly prompted for it. This variable should always |
781b178c JH |
3933 | be used in your makefiles for maximum portability. |
3934 | ||
10305dfa | 3935 | installhtml1dir (html1dir.U): |
635aebb7 AL |
3936 | This variable is really the same as html1direxp, unless you are |
3937 | using a different installprefix. For extra portability, you | |
10305dfa JH |
3938 | should only use this variable within your makefiles. |
3939 | ||
3940 | installhtml3dir (html3dir.U): | |
635aebb7 AL |
3941 | This variable is really the same as html3direxp, unless you are |
3942 | using a different installprefix. For extra portability, you | |
10305dfa JH |
3943 | should only use this variable within your makefiles. |
3944 | ||
781b178c JH |
3945 | installman1dir (man1dir.U): |
3946 | This variable is really the same as man1direxp, unless you are using | |
3947 | AFS in which case it points to the read/write location whereas | |
3948 | man1direxp only points to the read-only access location. For extra | |
3949 | portability, you should only use this variable within your makefiles. | |
3950 | ||
3951 | installman3dir (man3dir.U): | |
3952 | This variable is really the same as man3direxp, unless you are using | |
3953 | AFS in which case it points to the read/write location whereas | |
3954 | man3direxp only points to the read-only access location. For extra | |
3955 | portability, you should only use this variable within your makefiles. | |
3956 | ||
3957 | installprefix (installprefix.U): | |
635aebb7 | 3958 | This variable holds the name of the directory below which |
781b178c JH |
3959 | "make install" will install the package. For most users, this |
3960 | is the same as prefix. However, it is useful for | |
3961 | installing the software into a different (usually temporary) | |
3962 | location after which it can be bundled up and moved somehow | |
3963 | to the final location specified by prefix. | |
3964 | ||
3965 | installprefixexp (installprefix.U): | |
3966 | This variable holds the full absolute path of installprefix | |
3967 | with all ~-expansion done. | |
3968 | ||
3969 | installprivlib (privlib.U): | |
3970 | This variable is really the same as privlibexp but may differ on | |
3971 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
3972 | should be used in makefiles. | |
3973 | ||
3974 | installscript (scriptdir.U): | |
3975 | This variable is usually the same as scriptdirexp, unless you are on | |
3976 | a system running AFS, in which case they may differ slightly. You | |
3977 | should always use this variable within your makefiles for portability. | |
3978 | ||
3979 | installsitearch (sitearch.U): | |
3980 | This variable is really the same as sitearchexp but may differ on | |
3981 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
3982 | should be used in makefiles. | |
3983 | ||
0617aed7 JH |
3984 | installsitebin (sitebin.U): |
3985 | This variable is usually the same as sitebinexp, unless you are on | |
3986 | a system running AFS, in which case they may differ slightly. You | |
3987 | should always use this variable within your makefiles for portability. | |
3988 | ||
e755722e JH |
3989 | installsitehtml1dir (sitehtml1dir.U): |
3990 | This variable is really the same as sitehtml1direxp, unless you are using | |
10305dfa JH |
3991 | AFS in which case it points to the read/write location whereas |
3992 | html1direxp only points to the read-only access location. For extra | |
3993 | portability, you should only use this variable within your makefiles. | |
3994 | ||
e755722e JH |
3995 | installsitehtml3dir (sitehtml3dir.U): |
3996 | This variable is really the same as sitehtml3direxp, unless you are using | |
10305dfa JH |
3997 | AFS in which case it points to the read/write location whereas |
3998 | html3direxp only points to the read-only access location. For extra | |
3999 | portability, you should only use this variable within your makefiles. | |
4000 | ||
781b178c JH |
4001 | installsitelib (sitelib.U): |
4002 | This variable is really the same as sitelibexp but may differ on | |
4003 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
4004 | should be used in makefiles. | |
4005 | ||
e755722e JH |
4006 | installsiteman1dir (siteman1dir.U): |
4007 | This variable is really the same as siteman1direxp, unless you are using | |
10305dfa JH |
4008 | AFS in which case it points to the read/write location whereas |
4009 | man1direxp only points to the read-only access location. For extra | |
4010 | portability, you should only use this variable within your makefiles. | |
4011 | ||
e755722e JH |
4012 | installsiteman3dir (siteman3dir.U): |
4013 | This variable is really the same as siteman3direxp, unless you are using | |
10305dfa JH |
4014 | AFS in which case it points to the read/write location whereas |
4015 | man3direxp only points to the read-only access location. For extra | |
4016 | portability, you should only use this variable within your makefiles. | |
4017 | ||
4018 | installsitescript (sitescript.U): | |
4019 | This variable is usually the same as sitescriptexp, unless you are on | |
4020 | a system running AFS, in which case they may differ slightly. You | |
4021 | should always use this variable within your makefiles for portability. | |
4022 | ||
781b178c JH |
4023 | installstyle (installstyle.U): |
4024 | This variable describes the "style" of the perl installation. | |
4025 | This is intended to be useful for tools that need to | |
4026 | manipulate entire perl distributions. Perl itself doesn't use | |
4027 | this to find its libraries -- the library directories are | |
4028 | stored directly in Config.pm. Currently, there are only two | |
4029 | styles: "lib" and "lib/perl5". The default library locations | |
4030 | (e.g. privlib, sitelib) are either $prefix/lib or | |
4031 | $prefix/lib/perl5. The former is useful if $prefix is a | |
4032 | directory dedicated to perl (e.g. /opt/perl), while the latter | |
4033 | is useful if $prefix is shared by many packages, e.g. if | |
4034 | $prefix=/usr/local. | |
9c20e9bc | 4035 | |
123f32c0 MB |
4036 | Unfortunately, while this "style" variable is used to set |
4037 | defaults for all three directory hierarchies (core, vendor, and | |
4038 | site), there is no guarantee that the same style is actually | |
4039 | appropriate for all those directories. For example, $prefix | |
4040 | might be /opt/perl, but $siteprefix might be /usr/local. | |
4041 | (Perhaps, in retrospect, the "lib" style should never have been | |
4042 | supported, but it did seem like a nice idea at the time.) | |
4043 | ||
4044 | The situation is even less clear for tools such as MakeMaker | |
4045 | that can be used to install additional modules into | |
4046 | non-standard places. For example, if a user intends to install | |
4047 | a module into a private directory (perhaps by setting PREFIX on | |
4048 | the Makefile.PL command line), then there is no reason to | |
4049 | assume that the Configure-time $installstyle setting will be | |
4050 | relevant for that PREFIX. | |
4051 | ||
9c20e9bc | 4052 | This may later be extended to include other information, so |
781b178c | 4053 | be careful with pattern-matching on the results. |
9c20e9bc JH |
4054 | |
4055 | For compatibility with perl5.005 and earlier, the default | |
781b178c JH |
4056 | setting is based on whether or not $prefix contains the string |
4057 | "perl". | |
4058 | ||
4059 | installusrbinperl (instubperl.U): | |
4060 | This variable tells whether Perl should be installed also as | |
4061 | /usr/bin/perl in addition to | |
4062 | $installbin/perl | |
4063 | ||
526fdc24 MS |
4064 | installvendorarch (vendorarch.U): |
4065 | This variable is really the same as vendorarchexp but may differ on | |
4066 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
4067 | should be used in makefiles. | |
4068 | ||
0617aed7 JH |
4069 | installvendorbin (vendorbin.U): |
4070 | This variable is really the same as vendorbinexp but may differ on | |
4071 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
4072 | should be used in makefiles. | |
4073 | ||
e755722e JH |
4074 | installvendorhtml1dir (vendorhtml1dir.U): |
4075 | This variable is really the same as vendorhtml1direxp but may differ on | |
10305dfa JH |
4076 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable |
4077 | should be used in makefiles. | |
4078 | ||
e755722e JH |
4079 | installvendorhtml3dir (vendorhtml3dir.U): |
4080 | This variable is really the same as vendorhtml3direxp but may differ on | |
10305dfa JH |
4081 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable |
4082 | should be used in makefiles. | |
4083 | ||
a3635516 JH |
4084 | installvendorlib (vendorlib.U): |
4085 | This variable is really the same as vendorlibexp but may differ on | |
4086 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
4087 | should be used in makefiles. | |
4088 | ||
e755722e JH |
4089 | installvendorman1dir (vendorman1dir.U): |
4090 | This variable is really the same as vendorman1direxp but may differ on | |
10305dfa JH |
4091 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable |
4092 | should be used in makefiles. | |
4093 | ||
e755722e JH |
4094 | installvendorman3dir (vendorman3dir.U): |
4095 | This variable is really the same as vendorman3direxp but may differ on | |
10305dfa JH |
4096 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable |
4097 | should be used in makefiles. | |
4098 | ||
4099 | installvendorscript (vendorscript.U): | |
4100 | This variable is really the same as vendorscriptexp but may differ on | |
4101 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
4102 | should be used in makefiles. | |
4103 | ||
781b178c JH |
4104 | intsize (intsize.U): |
4105 | This variable contains the value of the INTSIZE symbol, which | |
4106 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in an int. | |
4107 | ||
4b661809 | 4108 | issymlink (issymlink.U): |
983dbef6 JH |
4109 | This variable holds the test command to test for a symbolic link |
4110 | (if they are supported). Typical values include 'test -h' and | |
4111 | 'test -L'. | |
4b661809 | 4112 | |
a22e52b9 JH |
4113 | ivdformat (perlxvf.U): |
4114 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
635aebb7 | 4115 | a Perl IV as a signed decimal integer. |
a22e52b9 JH |
4116 | |
4117 | ivsize (perlxv.U): | |
4118 | This variable is the size of an IV in bytes. | |
4119 | ||
4120 | ivtype (perlxv.U): | |
4121 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's IV. | |
4122 | ||
781b178c | 4123 | known_extensions (Extensions.U): |
f7b3892b NC |
4124 | This variable holds a list of all extensions (both XS and non-xs) |
4125 | included in the package source distribution. This information is | |
4126 | only really of use during the Perl build, as the list makes no | |
4127 | distinction between extensions which were build and installed, and | |
4128 | those which where not. See "extensions" for the list of extensions | |
4129 | actually built and available. | |
781b178c JH |
4130 | |
4131 | ksh (Loc.U): | |
4132 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4133 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 4134 | |
781b178c JH |
4135 | ld (dlsrc.U): |
4136 | This variable indicates the program to be used to link | |
4137 | libraries for dynamic loading. On some systems, it is 'ld'. | |
4138 | On ELF systems, it should be $cc. Mostly, we'll try to respect | |
4139 | the hint file setting. | |
4140 | ||
9ec4dadf MB |
4141 | ld_can_script (dlsrc.U): |
4142 | This variable shows if the loader accepts scripts in the form of | |
4143 | -Wl,--version-script=ld.script. This is currently only supported | |
4144 | for GNU ld on ELF in dynamic loading builds. | |
4145 | ||
781b178c JH |
4146 | lddlflags (dlsrc.U): |
4147 | This variable contains any special flags that might need to be | |
4148 | passed to $ld to create a shared library suitable for dynamic | |
4149 | loading. It is up to the makefile to use it. For hpux, it | |
4150 | should be '-b'. For sunos 4.1, it is empty. | |
4151 | ||
4152 | ldflags (ccflags.U): | |
4153 | This variable contains any additional C loader flags desired by | |
4154 | the user. It is up to the Makefile to use this. | |
4155 | ||
af960fef JH |
4156 | ldflags_uselargefiles (uselfs.U): |
4157 | This variable contains the loader flags needed by large file builds | |
4158 | and added to ldflags by hints files. | |
4159 | ||
781b178c JH |
4160 | ldlibpthname (libperl.U): |
4161 | This variable holds the name of the shared library | |
4162 | search path, often LD_LIBRARY_PATH. To get an empty | |
4163 | string, the hints file must set this to 'none'. | |
4164 | ||
4165 | less (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4166 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4167 | full pathname (if any) of the less program. After Configure runs, |
4168 | the value is reset to a plain "less" and is not useful. | |
4169 | ||
4170 | lib_ext (Unix.U): | |
4171 | This is an old synonym for _a. | |
4172 | ||
4173 | libc (libc.U): | |
4174 | This variable contains the location of the C library. | |
4175 | ||
4176 | libperl (libperl.U): | |
4177 | The perl executable is obtained by linking perlmain.c with | |
4178 | libperl, any static extensions (usually just DynaLoader), | |
4179 | and any other libraries needed on this system. libperl | |
4180 | is usually libperl.a, but can also be libperl.so.xxx if | |
4181 | the user wishes to build a perl executable with a shared | |
4182 | library. | |
4183 | ||
4184 | libpth (libpth.U): | |
4185 | This variable holds the general path (space-separated) used to find | |
4186 | libraries. It is intended to be used by other units. | |
4187 | ||
4188 | libs (libs.U): | |
4189 | This variable holds the additional libraries we want to use. | |
9285ede2 | 4190 | It is up to the Makefile to deal with it. The list can be empty. |
781b178c | 4191 | |
fe749a9f JH |
4192 | libsdirs (libs.U): |
4193 | This variable holds the directory names aka dirnames of the libraries | |
4194 | we found and accepted, duplicates are removed. | |
4195 | ||
4196 | libsfiles (libs.U): | |
4197 | This variable holds the filenames aka basenames of the libraries | |
4198 | we found and accepted. | |
4199 | ||
4200 | libsfound (libs.U): | |
4201 | This variable holds the full pathnames of the libraries | |
4202 | we found and accepted. | |
4203 | ||
13b3f787 JH |
4204 | libspath (libs.U): |
4205 | This variable holds the directory names probed for libraries. | |
4206 | ||
781b178c JH |
4207 | libswanted (Myinit.U): |
4208 | This variable holds a list of all the libraries we want to | |
4209 | search. The order is chosen to pick up the c library | |
4210 | ahead of ucb or bsd libraries for SVR4. | |
4211 | ||
af960fef JH |
4212 | libswanted_uselargefiles (uselfs.U): |
4213 | This variable contains the libraries needed by large file builds | |
4214 | and added to ldflags by hints files. It is a space separated list | |
4215 | of the library names without the "lib" prefix or any suffix, just | |
209e5c0a | 4216 | like libswanted.. |
af960fef | 4217 | |
781b178c | 4218 | line (Loc.U): |
ff935051 | 4219 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. |
fcdf39cf | 4220 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4221 | |
4222 | lint (Loc.U): | |
4223 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4224 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4225 | |
4226 | lkflags (ccflags.U): | |
4227 | This variable contains any additional C partial linker flags desired by | |
4228 | the user. It is up to the Makefile to use this. | |
4229 | ||
4230 | ln (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4231 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4232 | full pathname (if any) of the ln program. After Configure runs, |
4233 | the value is reset to a plain "ln" and is not useful. | |
4234 | ||
4235 | lns (lns.U): | |
635aebb7 | 4236 | This variable holds the name of the command to make |
781b178c JH |
4237 | symbolic links (if they are supported). It can be used |
4238 | in the Makefile. It is either 'ln -s' or 'ln' | |
4239 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
4240 | localtime_r_proto (d_localtime_r.U): |
4241 | This variable encodes the prototype of localtime_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4242 | It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the |
4243 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r | |
4244 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 4245 | |
781b178c JH |
4246 | locincpth (ccflags.U): |
4247 | This variable contains a list of additional directories to be | |
4248 | searched by the compiler. The appropriate '-I' directives will | |
4249 | be added to ccflags. This is intended to simplify setting | |
4250 | local directories from the Configure command line. | |
4251 | It's not much, but it parallels the loclibpth stuff in libpth.U. | |
4252 | ||
4253 | loclibpth (libpth.U): | |
4254 | This variable holds the paths (space-separated) used to find local | |
4255 | libraries. It is prepended to libpth, and is intended to be easily | |
4256 | set from the command line. | |
4257 | ||
44521f3a JH |
4258 | longdblinfbytes (infnan.U): |
4259 | This variable contains comma-separated list of hexadecimal bytes | |
4260 | for the long double precision infinity. | |
4261 | ||
db8b8c75 | 4262 | longdblkind (d_longdbl.U): |
dc91db6c | 4263 | This variable, if defined, encodes the type of a long double: |
2640dfa8 MB |
4264 | 0 = double, |
4265 | 1 = IEEE 754 128-bit little endian, | |
4266 | 2 = IEEE 754 128-bit big endian, | |
4267 | 3 = x86 80-bit little endian, | |
4268 | 4 = x86 80-bit big endian, | |
4269 | 5 = double-double 128-bit little endian, | |
4270 | 6 = double-double 128-bit big endian, | |
884c85de MB |
4271 | 7 = 128-bit mixed-endian double-double (64-bit LEs in BE), |
4272 | 8 = 128-bit mixed-endian double-double (64-bit BEs in LE), | |
4273 | 9 = 128-bit PDP-style mixed-endian long doubles, | |
2640dfa8 | 4274 | -1 = unknown format. |
dc91db6c | 4275 | |
2640dfa8 | 4276 | longdblmantbits (mantbits.U): |
ed3917fd JH |
4277 | This symbol, if defined, tells how many mantissa bits |
4278 | there are in long double precision floating point format. | |
4279 | Note that this can be LDBL_MANT_DIG minus one, | |
4280 | since LDBL_MANT_DIG can include the IEEE 754 implicit bit. | |
4281 | The common x86-style 80-bit long double does not have | |
4282 | an implicit bit. | |
4283 | ||
44521f3a JH |
4284 | longdblnanbytes (infnan.U): |
4285 | This variable contains comma-separated list of hexadecimal bytes | |
4286 | for the long double precision not-a-number. | |
4287 | ||
781b178c JH |
4288 | longdblsize (d_longdbl.U): |
4289 | This variable contains the value of the LONG_DOUBLESIZE symbol, which | |
4290 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a long double, | |
0cd93aca JH |
4291 | if this system supports long doubles. Note that this is |
4292 | sizeof(long double), which may include unused bytes. | |
781b178c JH |
4293 | |
4294 | longlongsize (d_longlong.U): | |
4295 | This variable contains the value of the LONGLONGSIZE symbol, which | |
4296 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a long long, | |
4297 | if this system supports long long. | |
4298 | ||
4299 | longsize (intsize.U): | |
4300 | This variable contains the value of the LONGSIZE symbol, which | |
4301 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a long. | |
4302 | ||
4303 | lp (Loc.U): | |
4304 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4305 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4306 | |
4307 | lpr (Loc.U): | |
4308 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4309 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4310 | |
4311 | ls (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4312 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4313 | full pathname (if any) of the ls program. After Configure runs, |
4314 | the value is reset to a plain "ls" and is not useful. | |
4315 | ||
4316 | lseeksize (lseektype.U): | |
635aebb7 | 4317 | This variable defines lseektype to be something like off_t, long, |
781b178c JH |
4318 | or whatever type is used to declare lseek offset's type in the |
4319 | kernel (which also appears to be lseek's return type). | |
4320 | ||
4321 | lseektype (lseektype.U): | |
635aebb7 | 4322 | This variable defines lseektype to be something like off_t, long, |
781b178c JH |
4323 | or whatever type is used to declare lseek offset's type in the |
4324 | kernel (which also appears to be lseek's return type). | |
4325 | ||
4326 | mail (Loc.U): | |
4327 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4328 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4329 | |
4330 | mailx (Loc.U): | |
4331 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4332 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4333 | |
4334 | make (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4335 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
c532c9d1 JH |
4336 | full pathname (if any) of the make program. After Configure runs, |
4337 | the value is reset to a plain "make" and is not useful. | |
4338 | ||
781b178c JH |
4339 | make_set_make (make.U): |
4340 | Some versions of 'make' set the variable MAKE. Others do not. | |
4341 | This variable contains the string to be included in Makefile.SH | |
4342 | so that MAKE is set if needed, and not if not needed. | |
4343 | Possible values are: | |
44b94491 | 4344 | |
781b178c | 4345 | make_set_make='#' # If your make program handles this for you, |
44b94491 | 4346 | |
781b178c | 4347 | make_set_make="MAKE=$make" # if it doesn't. |
44b94491 | 4348 | |
5bcaa86b | 4349 | This uses a comment character so that we can distinguish a |
1a474c3e | 4350 | 'set' value (from a previous config.sh or Configure '-D' option) |
781b178c JH |
4351 | from an uncomputed value. |
4352 | ||
4353 | mallocobj (mallocsrc.U): | |
4354 | This variable contains the name of the malloc.o that this package | |
4355 | generates, if that malloc.o is preferred over the system malloc. | |
4356 | Otherwise the value is null. This variable is intended for generating | |
4357 | Makefiles. See mallocsrc. | |
4358 | ||
4359 | mallocsrc (mallocsrc.U): | |
4360 | This variable contains the name of the malloc.c that comes with | |
4361 | the package, if that malloc.c is preferred over the system malloc. | |
4362 | Otherwise the value is null. This variable is intended for generating | |
4363 | Makefiles. | |
4364 | ||
4365 | malloctype (mallocsrc.U): | |
4366 | This variable contains the kind of ptr returned by malloc and realloc. | |
4367 | ||
4368 | man1dir (man1dir.U): | |
4369 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which manual | |
4370 | source pages are to be put. It is the responsibility of the | |
4371 | Makefile.SH to get the value of this into the proper command. | |
4372 | You must be prepared to do the ~name expansion yourself. | |
4373 | ||
4374 | man1direxp (man1dir.U): | |
4375 | This variable is the same as the man1dir variable, but is filename | |
4376 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. | |
4377 | ||
4378 | man1ext (man1dir.U): | |
4379 | This variable contains the extension that the manual page should | |
4380 | have: one of 'n', 'l', or '1'. The Makefile must supply the '.'. | |
4381 | See man1dir. | |
4382 | ||
4383 | man3dir (man3dir.U): | |
4384 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which manual | |
4385 | source pages are to be put. It is the responsibility of the | |
4386 | Makefile.SH to get the value of this into the proper command. | |
4387 | You must be prepared to do the ~name expansion yourself. | |
4388 | ||
4389 | man3direxp (man3dir.U): | |
4390 | This variable is the same as the man3dir variable, but is filename | |
4391 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. | |
4392 | ||
4393 | man3ext (man3dir.U): | |
4394 | This variable contains the extension that the manual page should | |
4395 | have: one of 'n', 'l', or '3'. The Makefile must supply the '.'. | |
4396 | See man3dir. | |
4397 | ||
781b178c JH |
4398 | mips_type (usrinc.U): |
4399 | This variable holds the environment type for the mips system. | |
4400 | Possible values are "BSD 4.3" and "System V". | |
4401 | ||
65d1576c | 4402 | mistrustnm (Csym.U): |
5129fff4 JH |
4403 | This variable can be used to establish a fallthrough for the cases |
4404 | where nm fails to find a symbol. If usenm is false or usenm is true | |
4405 | and mistrustnm is false, this variable has no effect. If usenm is true | |
4406 | and mistrustnm is "compile", a test program will be compiled to try to | |
4407 | find any symbol that can't be located via nm lookup. If mistrustnm is | |
4408 | "run", the test program will be run as well as being compiled. | |
4409 | ||
781b178c | 4410 | mkdir (Loc.U): |
5bf26616 | 4411 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4412 | full pathname (if any) of the mkdir program. After Configure runs, |
4413 | the value is reset to a plain "mkdir" and is not useful. | |
4414 | ||
fe749a9f JH |
4415 | mmaptype (d_mmap.U): |
4416 | This symbol contains the type of pointer returned by mmap() | |
4417 | (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). | |
4418 | It can be 'void *' or 'caddr_t'. | |
4419 | ||
781b178c | 4420 | modetype (modetype.U): |
635aebb7 AL |
4421 | This variable defines modetype to be something like mode_t, |
4422 | int, unsigned short, or whatever type is used to declare file | |
781b178c JH |
4423 | modes for system calls. |
4424 | ||
4425 | more (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4426 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4427 | full pathname (if any) of the more program. After Configure runs, |
4428 | the value is reset to a plain "more" and is not useful. | |
4429 | ||
4430 | multiarch (multiarch.U): | |
4431 | This variable conditionally defines the MULTIARCH symbol | |
4432 | which signifies the presence of multiplatform files. | |
4433 | This is normally set by hints files. | |
4434 | ||
4435 | mv (Loc.U): | |
4436 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4437 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4438 | |
4439 | myarchname (archname.U): | |
4440 | This variable holds the architecture name computed by Configure in | |
4441 | a previous run. It is not intended to be perused by any user and | |
4442 | should never be set in a hint file. | |
4443 | ||
4444 | mydomain (myhostname.U): | |
4445 | This variable contains the eventual value of the MYDOMAIN symbol, | |
4446 | which is the domain of the host the program is going to run on. | |
4447 | The domain must be appended to myhostname to form a complete host name. | |
4448 | The dot comes with mydomain, and need not be supplied by the program. | |
4449 | ||
4450 | myhostname (myhostname.U): | |
4451 | This variable contains the eventual value of the MYHOSTNAME symbol, | |
4452 | which is the name of the host the program is going to run on. | |
4453 | The domain is not kept with hostname, but must be gotten from mydomain. | |
4454 | The dot comes with mydomain, and need not be supplied by the program. | |
4455 | ||
4456 | myuname (Oldconfig.U): | |
1332606d MB |
4457 | The output of 'uname -a' if available, otherwise the hostname. |
4458 | The whole thing is then lower-cased and slashes and single quotes are | |
4459 | removed. | |
781b178c JH |
4460 | |
4461 | n (n.U): | |
1a474c3e | 4462 | This variable contains the '-n' flag if that is what causes the echo |
781b178c JH |
4463 | command to suppress newline. Otherwise it is null. Correct usage is |
4464 | $echo $n "prompt for a question: $c". | |
4465 | ||
2cc61e15 DD |
4466 | need_va_copy (need_va_copy.U): |
4467 | This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores | |
4468 | the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format | |
4469 | that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some | |
4470 | other means must be used when copying is required. | |
4471 | As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision) | |
4472 | of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform- | |
4473 | independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job. | |
4474 | ||
781b178c JH |
4475 | netdb_hlen_type (netdbtype.U): |
4476 | This variable holds the type used for the 2nd argument to | |
4477 | gethostbyaddr(). Usually, this is int or size_t or unsigned. | |
4478 | This is only useful if you have gethostbyaddr(), naturally. | |
4479 | ||
4480 | netdb_host_type (netdbtype.U): | |
4481 | This variable holds the type used for the 1st argument to | |
4482 | gethostbyaddr(). Usually, this is char * or void *, possibly | |
4483 | with or without a const prefix. | |
4484 | This is only useful if you have gethostbyaddr(), naturally. | |
4485 | ||
4486 | netdb_name_type (netdbtype.U): | |
4487 | This variable holds the type used for the argument to | |
4488 | gethostbyname(). Usually, this is char * or const char *. | |
4489 | This is only useful if you have gethostbyname(), naturally. | |
4490 | ||
4491 | netdb_net_type (netdbtype.U): | |
4492 | This variable holds the type used for the 1st argument to | |
4493 | getnetbyaddr(). Usually, this is int or long. | |
4494 | This is only useful if you have getnetbyaddr(), naturally. | |
4495 | ||
4496 | nm (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4497 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4498 | full pathname (if any) of the nm program. After Configure runs, |
4499 | the value is reset to a plain "nm" and is not useful. | |
4500 | ||
4501 | nm_opt (usenm.U): | |
4502 | This variable holds the options that may be necessary for nm. | |
4503 | ||
4504 | nm_so_opt (usenm.U): | |
4505 | This variable holds the options that may be necessary for nm | |
4506 | to work on a shared library but that can not be used on an | |
4507 | archive library. Currently, this is only used by Linux, where | |
4508 | nm --dynamic is *required* to get symbols from an ELF library which | |
4509 | has been stripped, but nm --dynamic is *fatal* on an archive library. | |
4510 | Maybe Linux should just always set usenm=false. | |
4511 | ||
4512 | nonxs_ext (Extensions.U): | |
f7b3892b NC |
4513 | This variable holds a list of all non-xs extensions built and |
4514 | installed by the package. By default, all non-xs extensions | |
4515 | distributed will be built, with the exception of platform-specific | |
4516 | extensions (currently only one VMS specific extension). | |
781b178c JH |
4517 | |
4518 | nroff (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4519 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4520 | full pathname (if any) of the nroff program. After Configure runs, |
4521 | the value is reset to a plain "nroff" and is not useful. | |
4522 | ||
b68c599a NC |
4523 | nv_overflows_integers_at (perlxv.U): |
4524 | This variable gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold | |
4525 | as a constant floating point expression. | |
4526 | If it could not be determined, it holds the value 0. | |
4527 | ||
4137585d MB |
4528 | nv_preserves_uv_bits (perlxv.U): |
4529 | This variable indicates how many of bits type uvtype | |
4530 | a variable nvtype can preserve. | |
4531 | ||
6b4667fc A |
4532 | nveformat (perlxvf.U): |
4533 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
4534 | a Perl NV using %e-ish floating point format. | |
4535 | ||
4d54317a JH |
4536 | nvEUformat (perlxvf.U): |
4537 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
4538 | a Perl NV using %E-ish floating point format. | |
4539 | ||
6b4667fc | 4540 | nvfformat (perlxvf.U): |
1332606d | 4541 | This variable contains the format string used for printing |
6b4667fc A |
4542 | a Perl NV using %f-ish floating point format. |
4543 | ||
4d54317a | 4544 | nvFUformat (perlxvf.U): |
1332606d | 4545 | This variable contains the format string used for printing |
4d54317a JH |
4546 | a Perl NV using %F-ish floating point format. |
4547 | ||
6b4667fc A |
4548 | nvgformat (perlxvf.U): |
4549 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
4550 | a Perl NV using %g-ish floating point format. | |
4551 | ||
4d54317a JH |
4552 | nvGUformat (perlxvf.U): |
4553 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
4554 | a Perl NV using %G-ish floating point format. | |
4555 | ||
5a14060a JH |
4556 | nvmantbits (mantbits.U): |
4557 | This variable tells how many bits the mantissa of a Perl NV has, | |
4558 | not including the possible implicit bit. | |
4559 | ||
a22e52b9 | 4560 | nvsize (perlxv.U): |
0cd93aca JH |
4561 | This variable is the size of a Perl NV in bytes. |
4562 | Note that some floating point formats have unused bytes. | |
a22e52b9 JH |
4563 | |
4564 | nvtype (perlxv.U): | |
4565 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's NV. | |
4566 | ||
781b178c JH |
4567 | o_nonblock (nblock_io.U): |
4568 | This variable bears the symbol value to be used during open() or fcntl() | |
4569 | to turn on non-blocking I/O for a file descriptor. If you wish to switch | |
4570 | between blocking and non-blocking, you may try ioctl(FIOSNBIO) instead, | |
4571 | but that is only supported by some devices. | |
4572 | ||
4573 | obj_ext (Unix.U): | |
4574 | This is an old synonym for _o. | |
4575 | ||
4576 | old_pthread_create_joinable (d_pthrattrj.U): | |
4577 | This variable defines the constant to use for creating joinable | |
4578 | (aka undetached) pthreads. Unused if pthread.h defines | |
4579 | PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE. If used, possible values are | |
4580 | PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED and __UNDETACHED. | |
4581 | ||
4582 | optimize (ccflags.U): | |
4583 | This variable contains any optimizer/debugger flag that should be used. | |
4584 | It is up to the Makefile to use it. | |
4585 | ||
4586 | orderlib (orderlib.U): | |
4587 | This variable is "true" if the components of libraries must be ordered | |
4588 | (with `lorder $* | tsort`) before placing them in an archive. Set to | |
4589 | "false" if ranlib or ar can generate random libraries. | |
4590 | ||
4591 | osname (Oldconfig.U): | |
4592 | This variable contains the operating system name (e.g. sunos, | |
4593 | solaris, hpux, etc.). It can be useful later on for setting | |
4594 | defaults. Any spaces are replaced with underscores. It is set | |
4595 | to a null string if we can't figure it out. | |
4596 | ||
4597 | osvers (Oldconfig.U): | |
4598 | This variable contains the operating system version (e.g. | |
4599 | 4.1.3, 5.2, etc.). It is primarily used for helping select | |
4600 | an appropriate hints file, but might be useful elsewhere for | |
4601 | setting defaults. It is set to '' if we can't figure it out. | |
4602 | We try to be flexible about how much of the version number | |
4603 | to keep, e.g. if 4.1.1, 4.1.2, and 4.1.3 are essentially the | |
4604 | same for this package, hints files might just be os_4.0 or | |
4605 | os_4.1, etc., not keeping separate files for each little release. | |
4606 | ||
3b777bb4 GS |
4607 | otherlibdirs (otherlibdirs.U): |
4608 | This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl | |
4609 | binary to search for additional library files or modules. | |
4610 | These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. | |
4611 | Perl will automatically search below each path for version- | |
4612 | and architecture-specific directories. See inc_version_list | |
4613 | for more details. | |
4614 | A value of ' ' means 'none' and is used to preserve this value | |
4615 | for the next run through Configure. | |
4616 | ||
781b178c JH |
4617 | package (package.U): |
4618 | This variable contains the name of the package being constructed. | |
4619 | It is primarily intended for the use of later Configure units. | |
4620 | ||
4621 | pager (pager.U): | |
4622 | This variable contains the name of the preferred pager on the system. | |
4623 | Usual values are (the full pathnames of) more, less, pg, or cat. | |
4624 | ||
4625 | passcat (nis.U): | |
4626 | This variable contains a command that produces the text of the | |
4627 | /etc/passwd file. This is normally "cat /etc/passwd", but can be | |
4628 | "ypcat passwd" when NIS is used. | |
aaacdc8b GS |
4629 | On some systems, such as os390, there may be no equivalent |
4630 | command, in which case this variable is unset. | |
781b178c JH |
4631 | |
4632 | patchlevel (patchlevel.U): | |
4633 | The patchlevel level of this package. | |
4634 | The value of patchlevel comes from the patchlevel.h file. | |
ff935051 | 4635 | In a version number such as 5.6.1, this is the "6". |
c890dc6c | 4636 | In patchlevel.h, this is referred to as "PERL_VERSION". |
781b178c JH |
4637 | |
4638 | path_sep (Unix.U): | |
4639 | This is an old synonym for p_ in Head.U, the character | |
4640 | used to separate elements in the command shell search PATH. | |
4641 | ||
7e03b2e3 MB |
4642 | perl (Loc.U): |
4643 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the | |
4644 | full pathname (if any) of the perl program. After Configure runs, | |
4645 | the value is reset to a plain "perl" and is not useful. | |
4646 | ||
1a474c3e AC |
4647 | perl5 (perl5.U): |
4648 | This variable contains the full path (if any) to a previously | |
4649 | installed perl5.005 or later suitable for running the script | |
4650 | to determine inc_version_list. | |
4651 | ||
1d896104 MB |
4652 | PERL_API_REVISION (patchlevel.h): |
4653 | This number describes the earliest compatible PERL_REVISION of | |
4654 | Perl ("compatibility" here being defined as sufficient binary/API | |
4655 | compatibility to run XS code built with the older version). | |
4656 | Normally this does not change across maintenance releases. | |
4657 | Please read the comment in patchlevel.h. | |
4658 | ||
4659 | PERL_API_SUBVERSION (patchlevel.h): | |
4660 | This number describes the earliest compatible PERL_SUBVERSION of | |
4661 | Perl ("compatibility" here being defined as sufficient binary/API | |
4662 | compatibility to run XS code built with the older version). | |
4663 | Normally this does not change across maintenance releases. | |
4664 | Please read the comment in patchlevel.h. | |
4665 | ||
4666 | PERL_API_VERSION (patchlevel.h): | |
4667 | This number describes the earliest compatible PERL_VERSION of | |
4668 | Perl ("compatibility" here being defined as sufficient binary/API | |
4669 | compatibility to run XS code built with the older version). | |
4670 | Normally this does not change across maintenance releases. | |
4671 | Please read the comment in patchlevel.h. | |
4672 | ||
4673 | PERL_CONFIG_SH (Oldsyms.U): | |
4674 | This is set to 'true' in config.sh so that a shell script | |
4675 | sourcing config.sh can tell if it has been sourced already. | |
4676 | ||
1a474c3e AC |
4677 | PERL_PATCHLEVEL (Oldsyms.U): |
4678 | This symbol reflects the patchlevel, if available. Will usually | |
4679 | come from the .patch file, which is available when the perl | |
4680 | source tree was fetched with rsync. | |
4681 | ||
a6d26a0d JH |
4682 | perl_patchlevel (patchlevel.U): |
4683 | This is the Perl patch level, a numeric change identifier, | |
4684 | as defined by whichever source code maintenance system | |
4685 | is used to maintain the patches; currently Perforce. | |
4686 | It does not correlate with the Perl version numbers or | |
4687 | the maintenance versus development dichotomy except | |
4688 | by also being increasing. | |
4689 | ||
4d54317a JH |
4690 | PERL_REVISION (Oldsyms.U): |
4691 | In a Perl version number such as 5.6.2, this is the 5. | |
4692 | This value is manually set in patchlevel.h | |
4693 | ||
9e08e8f0 MB |
4694 | perl_static_inline (d_static_inline.U): |
4695 | This variable defines the PERL_STATIC_INLINE symbol to | |
4696 | the best-guess incantation to use for static inline functions. | |
4697 | Possibilities include | |
4698 | static inline (c99) | |
4699 | static __inline__ (gcc -ansi) | |
4700 | static __inline (MSVC) | |
4701 | static _inline (older MSVC) | |
4702 | static (c89 compilers) | |
4703 | ||
4d54317a JH |
4704 | PERL_SUBVERSION (Oldsyms.U): |
4705 | In a Perl version number such as 5.6.2, this is the 2. | |
4706 | Values greater than 50 represent potentially unstable | |
4707 | development subversions. | |
4708 | This value is manually set in patchlevel.h | |
4709 | ||
65f70681 NC |
4710 | perl_thread_local (d_thread_local.U): |
4711 | This variable gives the value for the PERL_THREAD_LOCAL symbol (when | |
4712 | defined), which gives a linkage specification for thread-local storage. | |
4713 | ||
4d54317a JH |
4714 | PERL_VERSION (Oldsyms.U): |
4715 | In a Perl version number such as 5.6.2, this is the 6. | |
4716 | This value is manually set in patchlevel.h | |
4717 | ||
781b178c JH |
4718 | perladmin (perladmin.U): |
4719 | Electronic mail address of the perl5 administrator. | |
4720 | ||
b7a73309 JH |
4721 | perllibs (End.U): |
4722 | The list of libraries needed by Perl only (any libraries needed | |
4723 | by extensions only will by dropped, if using dynamic loading). | |
4724 | ||
91f55cc7 MB |
4725 | perlpath (perlpath.U): |
4726 | This variable contains the eventual value of the PERLPATH symbol, | |
4727 | which contains the name of the perl interpreter to be used in | |
4728 | shell scripts and in the "eval 'exec'" idiom. This variable is | |
4729 | not necessarily the pathname of the file containing the perl | |
4730 | interpreter; you must append the executable extension (_exe) if | |
4731 | it is not already present. Note that Perl code that runs during | |
4732 | the Perl build process cannot reference this variable, as Perl | |
4733 | may not have been installed, or even if installed, may be a | |
4734 | different version of Perl. | |
4735 | ||
781b178c | 4736 | pg (Loc.U): |
5bf26616 | 4737 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4738 | full pathname (if any) of the pg program. After Configure runs, |
4739 | the value is reset to a plain "pg" and is not useful. | |
4740 | ||
4741 | phostname (myhostname.U): | |
4742 | This variable contains the eventual value of the PHOSTNAME symbol, | |
4743 | which is a command that can be fed to popen() to get the host name. | |
4744 | The program should probably not presume that the domain is or isn't | |
4745 | there already. | |
4746 | ||
4747 | pidtype (pidtype.U): | |
635aebb7 | 4748 | This variable defines PIDTYPE to be something like pid_t, int, |
781b178c JH |
4749 | ushort, or whatever type is used to declare process ids in the kernel. |
4750 | ||
4751 | plibpth (libpth.U): | |
4752 | Holds the private path used by Configure to find out the libraries. | |
4753 | Its value is prepend to libpth. This variable takes care of special | |
4754 | machines, like the mips. Usually, it should be empty. | |
4755 | ||
4756 | pmake (Loc.U): | |
4757 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4758 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4759 | |
4760 | pr (Loc.U): | |
4761 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4762 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4763 | |
4764 | prefix (prefix.U): | |
4765 | This variable holds the name of the directory below which the | |
4766 | user will install the package. Usually, this is /usr/local, and | |
4767 | executables go in /usr/local/bin, library stuff in /usr/local/lib, | |
4768 | man pages in /usr/local/man, etc. It is only used to set defaults | |
4769 | for things in bin.U, mansrc.U, privlib.U, or scriptdir.U. | |
4770 | ||
4771 | prefixexp (prefix.U): | |
4772 | This variable holds the full absolute path of the directory below | |
4773 | which the user will install the package. Derived from prefix. | |
4774 | ||
4775 | privlib (privlib.U): | |
4776 | This variable contains the eventual value of the PRIVLIB symbol, | |
4777 | which is the name of the private library for this package. It may | |
4778 | have a ~ on the front. It is up to the makefile to eventually create | |
4779 | this directory while performing installation (with ~ substitution). | |
4780 | ||
4781 | privlibexp (privlib.U): | |
4782 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of privlib, so that you | |
4783 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. | |
4784 | ||
428dc699 JH |
4785 | procselfexe (d_procselfexe.U): |
4786 | If d_procselfexe is defined, $procselfexe is the filename | |
4787 | of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of | |
4788 | the executing program. | |
4789 | ||
781b178c JH |
4790 | ptrsize (ptrsize.U): |
4791 | This variable contains the value of the PTRSIZE symbol, which | |
4792 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a pointer. | |
4793 | ||
e0a10278 | 4794 | quadkind (quadtype.U): |
0befd8de JH |
4795 | This variable, if defined, encodes the type of a quad: |
4796 | 1 = int, 2 = long, 3 = long long, 4 = int64_t. | |
4797 | ||
4798 | quadtype (quadtype.U): | |
635aebb7 | 4799 | This variable defines Quad_t to be something like long, int, |
0befd8de JH |
4800 | long long, int64_t, or whatever type is used for 64-bit integers. |
4801 | ||
781b178c JH |
4802 | randbits (randfunc.U): |
4803 | Indicates how many bits are produced by the function used to | |
4804 | generate normalized random numbers. | |
4805 | ||
4806 | randfunc (randfunc.U): | |
4807 | Indicates the name of the random number function to use. | |
4808 | Values include drand48, random, and rand. In C programs, | |
4809 | the 'Drand01' macro is defined to generate uniformly distributed | |
4810 | random numbers over the range [0., 1.[ (see drand01 and nrand). | |
4811 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
4812 | random_r_proto (d_random_r.U): |
4813 | This variable encodes the prototype of random_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4814 | It is zero if d_random_r is undef, and one of the |
4815 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_random_r | |
4816 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 4817 | |
781b178c JH |
4818 | randseedtype (randfunc.U): |
4819 | Indicates the type of the argument of the seedfunc. | |
4820 | ||
4821 | ranlib (orderlib.U): | |
4822 | This variable is set to the pathname of the ranlib program, if it is | |
4823 | needed to generate random libraries. Set to ":" if ar can generate | |
4824 | random libraries or if random libraries are not supported | |
4825 | ||
4826 | rd_nodata (nblock_io.U): | |
4827 | This variable holds the return code from read() when no data is | |
4828 | present. It should be -1, but some systems return 0 when O_NDELAY is | |
4829 | used, which is a shame because you cannot make the difference between | |
209e5c0a | 4830 | no data and an EOF.. Sigh! |
781b178c | 4831 | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4832 | readdir64_r_proto (d_readdir64_r.U): |
4833 | This variable encodes the prototype of readdir64_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4834 | It is zero if d_readdir64_r is undef, and one of the |
4835 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir64_r | |
4836 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4837 | |
4838 | readdir_r_proto (d_readdir_r.U): | |
4839 | This variable encodes the prototype of readdir_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4840 | It is zero if d_readdir_r is undef, and one of the |
4841 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir_r | |
4842 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 4843 | |
c890dc6c JH |
4844 | revision (patchlevel.U): |
4845 | The value of revision comes from the patchlevel.h file. | |
4846 | In a version number such as 5.6.1, this is the "5". | |
4847 | In patchlevel.h, this is referred to as "PERL_REVISION". | |
4848 | ||
781b178c | 4849 | rm (Loc.U): |
5bf26616 | 4850 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4851 | full pathname (if any) of the rm program. After Configure runs, |
4852 | the value is reset to a plain "rm" and is not useful. | |
4853 | ||
0ab0821a MB |
4854 | rm_try (Unix.U): |
4855 | This is a cleanup variable for try test programs. | |
4856 | Internal Configure use only. | |
4857 | ||
781b178c JH |
4858 | rmail (Loc.U): |
4859 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4860 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 4861 | |
5440bc8e JH |
4862 | run (Cross.U): |
4863 | This variable contains the command used by Configure | |
4864 | to copy and execute a cross-compiled executable in the | |
4865 | target host. Useful and available only during Perl build. | |
4866 | Empty string '' if not cross-compiling. | |
4867 | ||
781b178c JH |
4868 | runnm (usenm.U): |
4869 | This variable contains 'true' or 'false' depending whether the | |
4870 | nm extraction should be performed or not, according to the value | |
4871 | of usenm and the flags on the Configure command line. | |
4872 | ||
4873 | sched_yield (d_pthread_y.U): | |
4874 | This variable defines the way to yield the execution | |
4875 | of the current thread. | |
4876 | ||
4877 | scriptdir (scriptdir.U): | |
4878 | This variable holds the name of the directory in which the user wants | |
4879 | to put publicly scripts for the package in question. It is either | |
4880 | the same directory as for binaries, or a special one that can be | |
4881 | mounted across different architectures, like /usr/share. Programs | |
4882 | must be prepared to deal with ~name expansion. | |
4883 | ||
4884 | scriptdirexp (scriptdir.U): | |
4885 | This variable is the same as scriptdir, but is filename expanded | |
4886 | at configuration time, for programs not wanting to bother with it. | |
4887 | ||
4888 | sed (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4889 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4890 | full pathname (if any) of the sed program. After Configure runs, |
4891 | the value is reset to a plain "sed" and is not useful. | |
4892 | ||
4893 | seedfunc (randfunc.U): | |
4894 | Indicates the random number generating seed function. | |
4895 | Values include srand48, srandom, and srand. | |
4896 | ||
4897 | selectminbits (selectminbits.U): | |
4898 | This variable holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. | |
4899 | That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be | |
4900 | cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this | |
4901 | is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do | |
4902 | the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. | |
4903 | ||
4904 | selecttype (selecttype.U): | |
4905 | This variable holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th | |
4906 | arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET | |
635aebb7 | 4907 | is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you |
781b178c JH |
4908 | have select(), naturally. |
4909 | ||
4910 | sendmail (Loc.U): | |
ff935051 | 4911 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. |
fcdf39cf | 4912 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 4913 | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4914 | setgrent_r_proto (d_setgrent_r.U): |
4915 | This variable encodes the prototype of setgrent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4916 | It is zero if d_setgrent_r is undef, and one of the |
4917 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setgrent_r | |
4918 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4919 | |
4920 | sethostent_r_proto (d_sethostent_r.U): | |
4921 | This variable encodes the prototype of sethostent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4922 | It is zero if d_sethostent_r is undef, and one of the |
4923 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_sethostent_r | |
4924 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4925 | |
4926 | setlocale_r_proto (d_setlocale_r.U): | |
4927 | This variable encodes the prototype of setlocale_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4928 | It is zero if d_setlocale_r is undef, and one of the |
4929 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setlocale_r | |
4930 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4931 | |
4932 | setnetent_r_proto (d_setnetent_r.U): | |
4933 | This variable encodes the prototype of setnetent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4934 | It is zero if d_setnetent_r is undef, and one of the |
4935 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setnetent_r | |
4936 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4937 | |
4938 | setprotoent_r_proto (d_setprotoent_r.U): | |
4939 | This variable encodes the prototype of setprotoent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4940 | It is zero if d_setprotoent_r is undef, and one of the |
4941 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setprotoent_r | |
4942 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4943 | |
4944 | setpwent_r_proto (d_setpwent_r.U): | |
4945 | This variable encodes the prototype of setpwent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4946 | It is zero if d_setpwent_r is undef, and one of the |
4947 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setpwent_r | |
4948 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4949 | |
4950 | setservent_r_proto (d_setservent_r.U): | |
4951 | This variable encodes the prototype of setservent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4952 | It is zero if d_setservent_r is undef, and one of the |
4953 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setservent_r | |
4954 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 4955 | |
81c4fd9e MB |
4956 | sGMTIME_max (time_size.U): |
4957 | This variable defines the maximum value of the time_t offset that | |
4958 | the system function gmtime () accepts | |
4959 | ||
4960 | sGMTIME_min (time_size.U): | |
4961 | This variable defines the minimum value of the time_t offset that | |
4962 | the system function gmtime () accepts | |
4963 | ||
781b178c JH |
4964 | sh (sh.U): |
4965 | This variable contains the full pathname of the shell used | |
4966 | on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be | |
4967 | /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, | |
4968 | /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as | |
4969 | D:/bin/sh.exe. | |
1a474c3e | 4970 | This unit comes before Options.U, so you can't set sh with a '-D' |
781b178c | 4971 | option, though you can override this (and startsh) |
1a474c3e | 4972 | with '-O -Dsh=/bin/whatever -Dstartsh=whatever' |
781b178c JH |
4973 | |
4974 | shar (Loc.U): | |
4975 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4976 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4977 | |
4978 | sharpbang (spitshell.U): | |
4979 | This variable contains the string #! if this system supports that | |
4980 | construct. | |
4981 | ||
4982 | shmattype (d_shmat.U): | |
4983 | This symbol contains the type of pointer returned by shmat(). | |
4984 | It can be 'void *' or 'char *'. | |
4985 | ||
4986 | shortsize (intsize.U): | |
4987 | This variable contains the value of the SHORTSIZE symbol which | |
4988 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a short. | |
4989 | ||
4990 | shrpenv (libperl.U): | |
4991 | If the user builds a shared libperl.so, then we need to tell the | |
635aebb7 | 4992 | 'perl' executable where it will be able to find the installed libperl.so. |
781b178c JH |
4993 | One way to do this on some systems is to set the environment variable |
4994 | LD_RUN_PATH to the directory that will be the final location of the | |
4995 | shared libperl.so. The makefile can use this with something like | |
4996 | $shrpenv $(CC) -o perl perlmain.o $libperl $libs | |
4997 | Typical values are | |
4998 | shrpenv="env LD_RUN_PATH=$archlibexp/CORE" | |
4999 | or | |
5000 | shrpenv='' | |
5001 | See the main perl Makefile.SH for actual working usage. | |
dfaa7b30 | 5002 | |
781b178c | 5003 | Alternatively, we might be able to use a command line option such |
c68a00c0 | 5004 | as -R $archlibexp/CORE (Solaris) or -Wl,-rpath |
781b178c JH |
5005 | $archlibexp/CORE (Linux). |
5006 | ||
5007 | shsharp (spitshell.U): | |
5008 | This variable tells further Configure units whether your sh can | |
5009 | handle # comments. | |
5010 | ||
5011 | sig_count (sig_name.U): | |
5012 | This variable holds a number larger than the largest valid | |
5013 | signal number. This is usually the same as the NSIG macro. | |
5014 | ||
5015 | sig_name (sig_name.U): | |
5016 | This variable holds the signal names, space separated. The leading | |
10305dfa JH |
5017 | SIG in signal name is removed. A ZERO is prepended to the list. |
5018 | This is currently not used, sig_name_init is used instead. | |
781b178c JH |
5019 | |
5020 | sig_name_init (sig_name.U): | |
5021 | This variable holds the signal names, enclosed in double quotes and | |
635aebb7 AL |
5022 | separated by commas, suitable for use in the SIG_NAME definition |
5023 | below. A "ZERO" is prepended to the list, and the list is | |
781b178c JH |
5024 | terminated with a plain 0. The leading SIG in signal names |
5025 | is removed. See sig_num. | |
5026 | ||
5027 | sig_num (sig_name.U): | |
5028 | This variable holds the signal numbers, space separated. A ZERO is | |
10305dfa JH |
5029 | prepended to the list (corresponding to the fake SIGZERO). |
5030 | Those numbers correspond to the value of the signal listed | |
5031 | in the same place within the sig_name list. | |
5032 | This is currently not used, sig_num_init is used instead. | |
781b178c JH |
5033 | |
5034 | sig_num_init (sig_name.U): | |
5035 | This variable holds the signal numbers, enclosed in double quotes and | |
635aebb7 AL |
5036 | separated by commas, suitable for use in the SIG_NUM definition |
5037 | below. A "ZERO" is prepended to the list, and the list is | |
781b178c JH |
5038 | terminated with a plain 0. |
5039 | ||
76d3c696 JH |
5040 | sig_size (sig_name.U): |
5041 | This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name | |
f05fc11d | 5042 | and sig_num arrays. |
76d3c696 | 5043 | |
781b178c JH |
5044 | signal_t (d_voidsig.U): |
5045 | This variable holds the type of the signal handler (void or int). | |
5046 | ||
5047 | sitearch (sitearch.U): | |
5048 | This variable contains the eventual value of the SITEARCH symbol, | |
5049 | which is the name of the private library for this package. It may | |
5050 | have a ~ on the front. It is up to the makefile to eventually create | |
5051 | this directory while performing installation (with ~ substitution). | |
f868067f JH |
5052 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. |
5053 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
5054 | architecture-dependent modules in this directory with | |
5055 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
5056 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
781b178c JH |
5057 | |
5058 | sitearchexp (sitearch.U): | |
5059 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of sitearch, so that you | |
5060 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. | |
5061 | ||
0617aed7 JH |
5062 | sitebin (sitebin.U): |
5063 | This variable holds the name of the directory in which the user wants | |
5064 | to put add-on publicly executable files for the package in question. It | |
5065 | is most often a local directory such as /usr/local/bin. Programs using | |
5066 | this variable must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. | |
f868067f JH |
5067 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. |
5068 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
5069 | executables in this directory with | |
5070 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
5071 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
0617aed7 JH |
5072 | |
5073 | sitebinexp (sitebin.U): | |
5074 | This is the same as the sitebin variable, but is filename expanded at | |
5075 | configuration time, for use in your makefiles. | |
5076 | ||
e755722e | 5077 | sitehtml1dir (sitehtml1dir.U): |
10305dfa JH |
5078 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which site-specific |
5079 | html source pages are to be put. It is the responsibility of the | |
5080 | Makefile.SH to get the value of this into the proper command. | |
5081 | You must be prepared to do the ~name expansion yourself. | |
5082 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5083 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
5084 | html pages in this directory with | |
5085 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
5086 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
5087 | ||
e755722e JH |
5088 | sitehtml1direxp (sitehtml1dir.U): |
5089 | This variable is the same as the sitehtml1dir variable, but is filename | |
10305dfa JH |
5090 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. |
5091 | ||
e755722e | 5092 | sitehtml3dir (sitehtml3dir.U): |
10305dfa JH |
5093 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which site-specific |
5094 | library html source pages are to be put. It is the responsibility of the | |
5095 | Makefile.SH to get the value of this into the proper command. | |
5096 | You must be prepared to do the ~name expansion yourself. | |
5097 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5098 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
5099 | library html pages in this directory with | |
5100 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
5101 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
5102 | ||
e755722e JH |
5103 | sitehtml3direxp (sitehtml3dir.U): |
5104 | This variable is the same as the sitehtml3dir variable, but is filename | |
10305dfa JH |
5105 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. |
5106 | ||
781b178c JH |
5107 | sitelib (sitelib.U): |
5108 | This variable contains the eventual value of the SITELIB symbol, | |
5109 | which is the name of the private library for this package. It may | |
5110 | have a ~ on the front. It is up to the makefile to eventually create | |
5111 | this directory while performing installation (with ~ substitution). | |
f868067f JH |
5112 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. |
5113 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
5114 | architecture-independent modules in this directory with | |
5115 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
5116 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
781b178c | 5117 | |
526fdc24 MS |
5118 | sitelib_stem (sitelib.U): |
5119 | This variable is $sitelibexp with any trailing version-specific component | |
5120 | removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can | |
5121 | be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. | |
5122 | ||
781b178c JH |
5123 | sitelibexp (sitelib.U): |
5124 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of sitelib, so that you | |
5125 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. | |
5126 | ||
e755722e | 5127 | siteman1dir (siteman1dir.U): |
10305dfa JH |
5128 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which site-specific |
5129 | manual source pages are to be put. It is the responsibility of the | |
5130 | Makefile.SH to get the value of this into the proper command. | |
5131 | You must be prepared to do the ~name expansion yourself. | |
5132 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5133 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
5134 | man1 pages in this directory with | |
5135 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
5136 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
5137 | ||
e755722e JH |
5138 | siteman1direxp (siteman1dir.U): |
5139 | This variable is the same as the siteman1dir variable, but is filename | |
10305dfa JH |
5140 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. |
5141 | ||
e755722e | 5142 | siteman3dir (siteman3dir.U): |
10305dfa JH |
5143 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which site-specific |
5144 | library man source pages are to be put. It is the responsibility of the | |
5145 | Makefile.SH to get the value of this into the proper command. | |
5146 | You must be prepared to do the ~name expansion yourself. | |
5147 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5148 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
5149 | man3 pages in this directory with | |
5150 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
5151 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
5152 | ||
e755722e JH |
5153 | siteman3direxp (siteman3dir.U): |
5154 | This variable is the same as the siteman3dir variable, but is filename | |
10305dfa JH |
5155 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. |
5156 | ||
781b178c JH |
5157 | siteprefix (siteprefix.U): |
5158 | This variable holds the full absolute path of the directory below | |
5159 | which the user will install add-on packages. | |
f868067f | 5160 | See INSTALL for usage and examples. |
781b178c JH |
5161 | |
5162 | siteprefixexp (siteprefix.U): | |
5163 | This variable holds the full absolute path of the directory below | |
5164 | which the user will install add-on packages. Derived from siteprefix. | |
5165 | ||
10305dfa JH |
5166 | sitescript (sitescript.U): |
5167 | This variable holds the name of the directory in which the user wants | |
5168 | to put add-on publicly executable files for the package in question. It | |
5169 | is most often a local directory such as /usr/local/bin. Programs using | |
5170 | this variable must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. | |
5171 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5172 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
5173 | scripts in this directory with | |
5174 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
5175 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
5176 | ||
5177 | sitescriptexp (sitescript.U): | |
5178 | This is the same as the sitescript variable, but is filename expanded at | |
5179 | configuration time, for use in your makefiles. | |
5180 | ||
a13ea748 JH |
5181 | sizesize (sizesize.U): |
5182 | This variable contains the size of a sizetype in bytes. | |
5183 | ||
781b178c | 5184 | sizetype (sizetype.U): |
635aebb7 AL |
5185 | This variable defines sizetype to be something like size_t, |
5186 | unsigned long, or whatever type is used to declare length | |
781b178c JH |
5187 | parameters for string functions. |
5188 | ||
5189 | sleep (Loc.U): | |
5190 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5191 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 5192 | |
73e6e416 MB |
5193 | sLOCALTIME_max (time_size.U): |
5194 | This variable defines the maximum value of the time_t offset that | |
5195 | the system function localtime () accepts | |
5196 | ||
5197 | sLOCALTIME_min (time_size.U): | |
5198 | This variable defines the minimum value of the time_t offset that | |
5199 | the system function localtime () accepts | |
5200 | ||
781b178c JH |
5201 | smail (Loc.U): |
5202 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5203 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 5204 | |
781b178c JH |
5205 | so (so.U): |
5206 | This variable holds the extension used to identify shared libraries | |
5207 | (also known as shared objects) on the system. Usually set to 'so'. | |
5208 | ||
5209 | sockethdr (d_socket.U): | |
5210 | This variable has any cpp '-I' flags needed for socket support. | |
5211 | ||
5212 | socketlib (d_socket.U): | |
5213 | This variable has the names of any libraries needed for socket support. | |
5214 | ||
c890dc6c JH |
5215 | socksizetype (socksizetype.U): |
5216 | This variable holds the type used for the size argument | |
5217 | for various socket calls like accept. Usual values include | |
5218 | socklen_t, size_t, and int. | |
5219 | ||
781b178c | 5220 | sort (Loc.U): |
5bf26616 | 5221 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
5222 | full pathname (if any) of the sort program. After Configure runs, |
5223 | the value is reset to a plain "sort" and is not useful. | |
5224 | ||
5225 | spackage (package.U): | |
5226 | This variable contains the name of the package being constructed, | |
5227 | with the first letter uppercased, i.e. suitable for starting | |
5228 | sentences. | |
5229 | ||
5230 | spitshell (spitshell.U): | |
5231 | This variable contains the command necessary to spit out a runnable | |
1a474c3e | 5232 | shell on this system. It is either cat or a grep '-v' for # comments. |
40814d06 | 5233 | |
4d54317a JH |
5234 | sPRId64 (quadfio.U): |
5235 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5236 | format 64-bit decimal numbers (format 'd') for output. | |
5237 | ||
5238 | sPRIeldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
5239 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5240 | format long doubles (format 'e') for output. | |
5241 | ||
5242 | sPRIEUldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
5243 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5244 | format long doubles (format 'E') for output. | |
5245 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from sPRIeldbl so that even | |
5246 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
5247 | ||
5248 | sPRIfldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
5249 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5250 | format long doubles (format 'f') for output. | |
5251 | ||
5252 | sPRIFUldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
5253 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5254 | format long doubles (format 'F') for output. | |
5255 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from sPRIfldbl so that even | |
5256 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
5257 | ||
5258 | sPRIgldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
5259 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5260 | format long doubles (format 'g') for output. | |
5261 | ||
5262 | sPRIGUldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
5263 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5264 | format long doubles (format 'G') for output. | |
5265 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from sPRIgldbl so that even | |
5266 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
5267 | ||
5268 | sPRIi64 (quadfio.U): | |
5269 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5270 | format 64-bit decimal numbers (format 'i') for output. | |
5271 | ||
5272 | sPRIo64 (quadfio.U): | |
5273 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5274 | format 64-bit octal numbers (format 'o') for output. | |
5275 | ||
5276 | sPRIu64 (quadfio.U): | |
5277 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5278 | format 64-bit unsigned decimal numbers (format 'u') for output. | |
5279 | ||
5280 | sPRIx64 (quadfio.U): | |
5281 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5282 | format 64-bit hexadecimal numbers (format 'x') for output. | |
5283 | ||
5284 | sPRIXU64 (quadfio.U): | |
5285 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5286 | format 64-bit hExADECimAl numbers (format 'X') for output. | |
5287 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from sPRIx64 so that even | |
5288 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
5289 | ||
40814d06 | 5290 | srand48_r_proto (d_srand48_r.U): |
10bc17b6 | 5291 | This variable encodes the prototype of srand48_r. |
39183afa JH |
5292 | It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the |
5293 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r | |
5294 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
5295 | |
5296 | srandom_r_proto (d_srandom_r.U): | |
5297 | This variable encodes the prototype of srandom_r. | |
39183afa JH |
5298 | It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the |
5299 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r | |
5300 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 5301 | |
781b178c | 5302 | src (src.U): |
34f1896b MB |
5303 | This variable holds the (possibly relative) path of the package source. |
5304 | It is up to the Makefile to use this variable and set VPATH accordingly | |
5305 | to find the sources remotely. Use $pkgsrc to have an absolute path. | |
781b178c | 5306 | |
4d54317a JH |
5307 | sSCNfldbl (longdblfio.U): |
5308 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5309 | format long doubles (format 'f') for input. | |
5310 | ||
781b178c | 5311 | ssizetype (ssizetype.U): |
635aebb7 AL |
5312 | This variable defines ssizetype to be something like ssize_t, |
5313 | long or int. It is used by functions that return a count | |
781b178c JH |
5314 | of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. |
5315 | We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). | |
5316 | ||
30194bf8 MB |
5317 | st_dev_sign (st_dev_def.U): |
5318 | This variable contains the signedness of struct stat's st_dev. | |
5319 | 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. | |
5320 | ||
5321 | st_dev_size (st_dev_def.U): | |
5322 | This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_dev in bytes. | |
5323 | ||
668fdbe1 MB |
5324 | st_ino_sign (st_ino_def.U): |
5325 | This variable contains the signedness of struct stat's st_ino. | |
5326 | 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. | |
5327 | ||
5328 | st_ino_size (st_ino_def.U): | |
5329 | This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes. | |
5330 | ||
781b178c JH |
5331 | startperl (startperl.U): |
5332 | This variable contains the string to put on the front of a perl | |
5333 | script to make sure (hopefully) that it runs with perl and not some | |
5334 | shell. Of course, that leading line must be followed by the classical | |
5335 | perl idiom: | |
5336 | eval 'exec perl -S $0 ${1+"$@"}' | |
34050ace | 5337 | if $running_under_some_shell; |
781b178c | 5338 | to guarantee perl startup should the shell execute the script. Note |
47e01c32 | 5339 | that this magic incantation is not understood by csh. |
781b178c JH |
5340 | |
5341 | startsh (startsh.U): | |
5342 | This variable contains the string to put on the front of a shell | |
5343 | script to make sure (hopefully) that it runs with sh and not some | |
5344 | other shell. | |
5345 | ||
5346 | static_ext (Extensions.U): | |
5347 | This variable holds a list of XS extension files we want to | |
5348 | link statically into the package. It is used by Makefile. | |
5349 | ||
5350 | stdchar (stdchar.U): | |
5351 | This variable conditionally defines STDCHAR to be the type of char | |
5352 | used in stdio.h. It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". | |
5353 | ||
5354 | stdio_base (d_stdstdio.U): | |
5355 | This variable defines how, given a FILE pointer, fp, to access the | |
5356 | _base field (or equivalent) of stdio.h's FILE structure. This will | |
5357 | be used to define the macro FILE_base(fp). | |
5358 | ||
5359 | stdio_bufsiz (d_stdstdio.U): | |
5360 | This variable defines how, given a FILE pointer, fp, to determine | |
5361 | the number of bytes store in the I/O buffer pointer to by the | |
5362 | _base field (or equivalent) of stdio.h's FILE structure. This will | |
5363 | be used to define the macro FILE_bufsiz(fp). | |
5364 | ||
5365 | stdio_cnt (d_stdstdio.U): | |
5366 | This variable defines how, given a FILE pointer, fp, to access the | |
5367 | _cnt field (or equivalent) of stdio.h's FILE structure. This will | |
5368 | be used to define the macro FILE_cnt(fp). | |
5369 | ||
5370 | stdio_filbuf (d_stdstdio.U): | |
5371 | This variable defines how, given a FILE pointer, fp, to tell | |
022735b4 | 5372 | stdio to refill its internal buffers (?). This will |
781b178c JH |
5373 | be used to define the macro FILE_filbuf(fp). |
5374 | ||
5375 | stdio_ptr (d_stdstdio.U): | |
5376 | This variable defines how, given a FILE pointer, fp, to access the | |
5377 | _ptr field (or equivalent) of stdio.h's FILE structure. This will | |
5378 | be used to define the macro FILE_ptr(fp). | |
5379 | ||
5380 | stdio_stream_array (stdio_streams.U): | |
5381 | This variable tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. | |
5382 | Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. | |
5383 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
5384 | strerror_r_proto (d_strerror_r.U): |
5385 | This variable encodes the prototype of strerror_r. | |
39183afa JH |
5386 | It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the |
5387 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r | |
5388 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 5389 | |
781b178c JH |
5390 | submit (Loc.U): |
5391 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5392 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
5393 | |
5394 | subversion (patchlevel.U): | |
5395 | The subversion level of this package. | |
5396 | The value of subversion comes from the patchlevel.h file. | |
ff935051 | 5397 | In a version number such as 5.6.1, this is the "1". |
c890dc6c | 5398 | In patchlevel.h, this is referred to as "PERL_SUBVERSION". |
781b178c JH |
5399 | This is unique to perl. |
5400 | ||
5401 | sysman (sysman.U): | |
5402 | This variable holds the place where the manual is located on this | |
5403 | system. It is not the place where the user wants to put his manual | |
5404 | pages. Rather it is the place where Configure may look to find manual | |
5405 | for unix commands (section 1 of the manual usually). See mansrc. | |
5406 | ||
56b575b9 MB |
5407 | sysroot (Sysroot.U): |
5408 | This variable is empty unless supplied by the Configure user. | |
5409 | It can contain a path to an alternative root directory, under which | |
5410 | headers and libraries for the compilation target can be found. This | |
5411 | is generally used when cross-compiling using a gcc-like compiler. | |
5412 | ||
781b178c JH |
5413 | tail (Loc.U): |
5414 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5415 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
5416 | |
5417 | tar (Loc.U): | |
5418 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5419 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 5420 | |
5440bc8e JH |
5421 | targetarch (Cross.U): |
5422 | If cross-compiling, this variable contains the target architecture. | |
5423 | If not, this will be empty. | |
5424 | ||
56b575b9 | 5425 | targetdir (Cross.U): |
51b4c035 KW |
5426 | This variable contains a path that will be created on the target |
5427 | host using targetmkdir, and then used to copy the cross-compiled | |
5428 | executables to. Defaults to '/tmp' if not set. | |
a2c3ce73 BF |
5429 | |
5430 | targetenv (Cross.U): | |
51b4c035 KW |
5431 | If cross-compiling, this variable can be used to modify the |
5432 | environment on the target system. | |
5433 | However, how and where it's used, and even if it's used at all, is | |
5434 | entirely dependent on both the transport mechanism (targetrun) and | |
5435 | what the target system is. Unless the relevant documentation says | |
5436 | otherwise, it is genereally not useful. | |
56b575b9 MB |
5437 | |
5438 | targethost (Cross.U): | |
5439 | This variable contains the name of a separate host machine that | |
5440 | can be used to run compiled test programs and perl tests on. | |
5441 | Set to empty string if not in use. | |
5442 | ||
5443 | targetmkdir (Cross.U): | |
5444 | This variable contains the command used by Configure to create a | |
5445 | new directory on the target host. | |
5446 | ||
5447 | targetport (Cross.U): | |
5448 | This variable contains the number of a network port to be used to | |
5449 | connect to the host in targethost, if unset defaults to 22 for ssh. | |
5450 | ||
1d38f63f | 5451 | targetsh (sh.U): |
0f3731c6 BF |
5452 | If cross-compiling, this variable contains the location of sh on the |
5453 | target system. | |
5454 | If not, this will be the same as $sh. | |
5455 | ||
781b178c JH |
5456 | tbl (Loc.U): |
5457 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5458 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
5459 | |
5460 | tee (Loc.U): | |
5461 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5462 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
5463 | |
5464 | test (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 5465 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
5466 | full pathname (if any) of the test program. After Configure runs, |
5467 | the value is reset to a plain "test" and is not useful. | |
5468 | ||
5469 | timeincl (i_time.U): | |
5470 | This variable holds the full path of the included time header(s). | |
5471 | ||
5472 | timetype (d_time.U): | |
5473 | This variable holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, | |
5474 | or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be | |
5475 | included). Anyway, the type Time_t should be used. | |
5476 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
5477 | tmpnam_r_proto (d_tmpnam_r.U): |
5478 | This variable encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. | |
39183afa JH |
5479 | It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the |
5480 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r | |
5481 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 5482 | |
5440bc8e JH |
5483 | to (Cross.U): |
5484 | This variable contains the command used by Configure | |
5485 | to copy to from the target host. Useful and available | |
5486 | only during Perl build. | |
5487 | The string ':' if not cross-compiling. | |
5488 | ||
781b178c | 5489 | touch (Loc.U): |
5bf26616 | 5490 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
5491 | full pathname (if any) of the touch program. After Configure runs, |
5492 | the value is reset to a plain "touch" and is not useful. | |
5493 | ||
5494 | tr (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 5495 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
5496 | full pathname (if any) of the tr program. After Configure runs, |
5497 | the value is reset to a plain "tr" and is not useful. | |
5498 | ||
5499 | trnl (trnl.U): | |
5500 | This variable contains the value to be passed to the tr(1) | |
5501 | command to transliterate a newline. Typical values are | |
5502 | '\012' and '\n'. This is needed for EBCDIC systems where | |
5503 | newline is not necessarily '\012'. | |
5504 | ||
5505 | troff (Loc.U): | |
5506 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5507 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 5508 | |
10bc17b6 JH |
5509 | ttyname_r_proto (d_ttyname_r.U): |
5510 | This variable encodes the prototype of ttyname_r. | |
39183afa JH |
5511 | It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the |
5512 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r | |
5513 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 5514 | |
a22e52b9 JH |
5515 | u16size (perlxv.U): |
5516 | This variable is the size of an U16 in bytes. | |
5517 | ||
5518 | u16type (perlxv.U): | |
5519 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's U16. | |
5520 | ||
5521 | u32size (perlxv.U): | |
5522 | This variable is the size of an U32 in bytes. | |
5523 | ||
5524 | u32type (perlxv.U): | |
5525 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's U32. | |
5526 | ||
5527 | u64size (perlxv.U): | |
5528 | This variable is the size of an U64 in bytes. | |
5529 | ||
5530 | u64type (perlxv.U): | |
5531 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's U64. | |
5532 | ||
5533 | u8size (perlxv.U): | |
5534 | This variable is the size of an U8 in bytes. | |
5535 | ||
5536 | u8type (perlxv.U): | |
5537 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's U8. | |
5538 | ||
5539 | uidformat (uidf.U): | |
5540 | This variable contains the format string used for printing a Uid_t. | |
5541 | ||
2d228ff3 JH |
5542 | uidsign (uidsign.U): |
5543 | This variable contains the signedness of a uidtype. | |
5544 | 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. | |
5545 | ||
785fb66b JH |
5546 | uidsize (uidsize.U): |
5547 | This variable contains the size of a uidtype in bytes. | |
5548 | ||
781b178c | 5549 | uidtype (uidtype.U): |
635aebb7 | 5550 | This variable defines Uid_t to be something like uid_t, int, |
781b178c JH |
5551 | ushort, or whatever type is used to declare user ids in the kernel. |
5552 | ||
5553 | uname (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 5554 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
5555 | full pathname (if any) of the uname program. After Configure runs, |
5556 | the value is reset to a plain "uname" and is not useful. | |
5557 | ||
5558 | uniq (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 5559 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
5560 | full pathname (if any) of the uniq program. After Configure runs, |
5561 | the value is reset to a plain "uniq" and is not useful. | |
5562 | ||
0befd8de JH |
5563 | uquadtype (quadtype.U): |
5564 | This variable defines Uquad_t to be something like unsigned long, | |
5565 | unsigned int, unsigned long long, uint64_t, or whatever type is | |
5566 | used for 64-bit integers. | |
5567 | ||
10cc9d2a JH |
5568 | use64bitall (use64bits.U): |
5569 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_64_BIT_ALL symbol, | |
5570 | and indicates that 64-bit integer types should be used | |
5571 | when available. The maximal possible | |
5572 | 64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will | |
5573 | be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory. This mode is | |
5574 | even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not | |
5575 | be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or | |
5576 | you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode. | |
5577 | ||
5578 | use64bitint (use64bits.U): | |
5579 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_64_BIT_INT symbol, | |
aaacdc8b | 5580 | and indicates that 64-bit integer types should be used |
c890dc6c JH |
5581 | when available. The minimal possible 64-bitness |
5582 | is employed, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl. | |
5583 | This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory | |
5584 | may still be limited to 2 gigabytes. | |
781b178c | 5585 | |
f6a82ade MB |
5586 | usecbacktrace (usebacktrace.U): |
5587 | This variable indicates whether we are compiling with backtrace | |
5588 | support. | |
5589 | ||
5440bc8e JH |
5590 | usecrosscompile (Cross.U): |
5591 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_CROSS_COMPILE symbol, | |
5592 | and indicates that Perl has been cross-compiled. | |
5593 | ||
19aaf929 TR |
5594 | usedefaultstrict (usedefaultstrict.U): |
5595 | This setting provides a mechanism for perl developers to enable | |
5596 | strict by default. These defaults do not apply when perl is run | |
ab2bb8aa | 5597 | via -e or -E. |
19aaf929 | 5598 | |
1be1b388 MB |
5599 | usedevel (Devel.U): |
5600 | This variable indicates that Perl was configured with development | |
5601 | features enabled. This should not be done for production builds. | |
5602 | ||
781b178c | 5603 | usedl (dlsrc.U): |
ff935051 | 5604 | This variable indicates if the system supports dynamic |
781b178c JH |
5605 | loading of some sort. See also dlsrc and dlobj. |
5606 | ||
34f1896b MB |
5607 | usedtrace (usedtrace.U): |
5608 | This variable indicates whether we are compiling with dtrace | |
5609 | support. See also dtrace. | |
5ac1e9b2 | 5610 | |
4d54317a JH |
5611 | usefaststdio (usefaststdio.U): |
5612 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_FAST_STDIO symbol, | |
5613 | and indicates that Perl should be built to use 'fast stdio'. | |
5614 | Defaults to define in Perls 5.8 and earlier, to undef later. | |
5615 | ||
aaacdc8b GS |
5616 | useithreads (usethreads.U): |
5617 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_ITHREADS symbol, | |
5618 | and indicates that Perl should be built to use the interpreter-based | |
5619 | threading implementation. | |
5620 | ||
269a7913 | 5621 | usekernprocpathname (usekernprocpathname.U): |
2982a345 NC |
5622 | This variable, indicates that we can use sysctl with |
5623 | KERN_PROC_PATHNAME to get a full path for the executable, and hence | |
5624 | convert $^X to an absolute path. | |
5625 | ||
ab03c4a8 MB |
5626 | uselanginfo (Extensions.U): |
5627 | This variable holds either 'true' or 'false' to indicate | |
5628 | whether the I18N::Langinfo extension should be used. The sole | |
5629 | use for this currently is to allow an easy mechanism for users to skip | |
5630 | this extension from the Configure command line. | |
5631 | ||
5bf26616 | 5632 | uselargefiles (uselfs.U): |
1baac590 JH |
5633 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_LARGE_FILES symbol, |
5634 | and indicates that large file interfaces should be used when | |
c890dc6c | 5635 | available. |
1baac590 | 5636 | |
ca24dfc6 LV |
5637 | uselongdouble (uselongdbl.U): |
5638 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_LONG_DOUBLE symbol, | |
5639 | and indicates that long doubles should be used when available. | |
5640 | ||
fd550ca5 MB |
5641 | usemallocwrap (mallocsrc.U): |
5642 | This variable contains y if we are wrapping malloc to prevent | |
5643 | integer overflow during size calculations. | |
5644 | ||
1baac590 JH |
5645 | usemorebits (usemorebits.U): |
5646 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_MORE_BITS symbol, | |
5647 | and indicates that explicit 64-bit interfaces and long doubles | |
5648 | should be used when available. | |
5649 | ||
781b178c JH |
5650 | usemultiplicity (usemultiplicity.U): |
5651 | This variable conditionally defines the MULTIPLICITY symbol, | |
5652 | and indicates that Perl should be built to use multiplicity. | |
5653 | ||
5654 | usemymalloc (mallocsrc.U): | |
5655 | This variable contains y if the malloc that comes with this package | |
5656 | is desired over the system's version of malloc. People often include | |
47e01c32 | 5657 | special versions of malloc for efficiency, but such versions are often |
781b178c JH |
5658 | less portable. See also mallocsrc and mallocobj. |
5659 | If this is 'y', then -lmalloc is removed from $libs. | |
5660 | ||
5661 | usenm (usenm.U): | |
5662 | This variable contains 'true' or 'false' depending whether the | |
5663 | nm extraction is wanted or not. | |
5664 | ||
ae60cb46 NC |
5665 | usensgetexecutablepath (usensgetexecutablepath.U): |
5666 | This symbol, if defined, indicates that we can use _NSGetExecutablePath | |
5667 | and realpath to get a full path for the executable, and hence convert | |
5668 | $^X to an absolute path. | |
5669 | ||
781b178c JH |
5670 | useopcode (Extensions.U): |
5671 | This variable holds either 'true' or 'false' to indicate | |
5672 | whether the Opcode extension should be used. The sole | |
5673 | use for this currently is to allow an easy mechanism | |
5674 | for users to skip the Opcode extension from the Configure | |
5675 | command line. | |
5676 | ||
5677 | useperlio (useperlio.U): | |
5678 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_PERLIO symbol, | |
5679 | and indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should be | |
5680 | used throughout. | |
5681 | ||
5682 | useposix (Extensions.U): | |
5683 | This variable holds either 'true' or 'false' to indicate | |
5684 | whether the POSIX extension should be used. The sole | |
5685 | use for this currently is to allow an easy mechanism | |
5686 | for hints files to indicate that POSIX will not compile | |
5687 | on a particular system. | |
5688 | ||
d6d36205 JH |
5689 | usequadmath (usequadmath.U): |
5690 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_QUADMATH symbol, | |
5691 | and indicates that the quadmath library __float128 long doubles | |
5692 | should be used when available. | |
5693 | ||
9514c62b JH |
5694 | usereentrant (usethreads.U): |
5695 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_REENTRANT_API symbol, | |
5696 | which indicates that the thread code may try to use the various | |
5697 | _r versions of library functions. This is only potentially | |
5698 | meaningful if usethreads is set and is very experimental, it is | |
5699 | not even prompted for. | |
5700 | ||
df4c34dc | 5701 | userelocatableinc (bin.U): |
88fe16b2 NC |
5702 | This variable is set to true to indicate that perl should relocate |
5703 | @INC entries at runtime based on the path to the perl binary. | |
5704 | Any @INC paths starting ".../" are relocated relative to the directory | |
5705 | containing the perl binary, and a logical cleanup of the path is then | |
5706 | made around the join point (removing "dir/../" pairs) | |
5707 | ||
781b178c | 5708 | useshrplib (libperl.U): |
40814d06 MB |
5709 | This variable is set to 'true' if the user wishes |
5710 | to build a shared libperl, and 'false' otherwise. | |
781b178c | 5711 | |
df4c34dc MB |
5712 | usesitecustomize (d_sitecustomize.U): |
5713 | This variable is set to true when the user requires a mechanism that | |
5714 | allows the sysadmin to add entries to @INC at runtime. This variable | |
5715 | being set, makes perl run '$sitelib/sitecustomize.pl' at startup. | |
5716 | ||
781b178c JH |
5717 | usesocks (usesocks.U): |
5718 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_SOCKS symbol, | |
5719 | and indicates that Perl should be built to use SOCKS. | |
5720 | ||
5721 | usethreads (usethreads.U): | |
b99a9337 | 5722 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_THREADS symbol, |
781b178c JH |
5723 | and indicates that Perl should be built to use threads. |
5724 | ||
9f50e519 NA |
5725 | usevendorprefix (vendorprefix.U): |
5726 | This variable tells whether the vendorprefix | |
5727 | and consequently other vendor* paths are in use. | |
5728 | ||
1a1287f4 MB |
5729 | useversionedarchname (archname.U): |
5730 | This variable indicates whether to include the $api_versionstring | |
5731 | as a component of the $archname. | |
5732 | ||
781b178c JH |
5733 | usevfork (d_vfork.U): |
5734 | This variable is set to true when the user accepts to use vfork. | |
5735 | It is set to false when no vfork is available or when the user | |
47e01c32 | 5736 | explicitly requests not to use vfork. |
781b178c JH |
5737 | |
5738 | usrinc (usrinc.U): | |
5739 | This variable holds the path of the include files, which is | |
5740 | usually /usr/include. It is mainly used by other Configure units. | |
5741 | ||
5742 | uuname (Loc.U): | |
5743 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5744 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 5745 | |
a22e52b9 JH |
5746 | uvoformat (perlxvf.U): |
5747 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
635aebb7 | 5748 | a Perl UV as an unsigned octal integer. |
a22e52b9 JH |
5749 | |
5750 | uvsize (perlxv.U): | |
5751 | This variable is the size of a UV in bytes. | |
5752 | ||
5753 | uvtype (perlxv.U): | |
5754 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's UV. | |
5755 | ||
5756 | uvuformat (perlxvf.U): | |
5757 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
635aebb7 | 5758 | a Perl UV as an unsigned decimal integer. |
a22e52b9 JH |
5759 | |
5760 | uvxformat (perlxvf.U): | |
5761 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
6b4667fc A |
5762 | a Perl UV as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. |
5763 | ||
4d54317a JH |
5764 | uvXUformat (perlxvf.U): |
5765 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
5766 | a Perl UV as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase ABCDEF. | |
5767 | ||
526fdc24 MS |
5768 | vendorarch (vendorarch.U): |
5769 | This variable contains the value of the PERL_VENDORARCH symbol. | |
635aebb7 | 5770 | It may have a ~ on the front. |
526fdc24 MS |
5771 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. |
5772 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own | |
5773 | architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5774 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
526fdc24 MS |
5775 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
5776 | ||
5777 | vendorarchexp (vendorarch.U): | |
5778 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorarch, so that you | |
5779 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. | |
5780 | ||
0617aed7 | 5781 | vendorbin (vendorbin.U): |
f868067f JH |
5782 | This variable contains the eventual value of the VENDORBIN symbol. |
5783 | It may have a ~ on the front. | |
5784 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5785 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place additional | |
5786 | binaries in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5787 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
f868067f | 5788 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
0617aed7 JH |
5789 | |
5790 | vendorbinexp (vendorbin.U): | |
5791 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorbin, so that you | |
5792 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. | |
5793 | ||
e755722e | 5794 | vendorhtml1dir (vendorhtml1dir.U): |
635aebb7 | 5795 | This variable contains the name of the directory for html |
10305dfa JH |
5796 | pages. It may have a ~ on the front. |
5797 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5798 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own | |
5799 | html pages in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5800 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
10305dfa JH |
5801 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
5802 | ||
e755722e JH |
5803 | vendorhtml1direxp (vendorhtml1dir.U): |
5804 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorhtml1dir, so that you | |
10305dfa JH |
5805 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. |
5806 | ||
e755722e | 5807 | vendorhtml3dir (vendorhtml3dir.U): |
635aebb7 | 5808 | This variable contains the name of the directory for html |
10305dfa JH |
5809 | library pages. It may have a ~ on the front. |
5810 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5811 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own | |
5812 | html pages for modules and extensions in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5813 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
10305dfa JH |
5814 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
5815 | ||
e755722e JH |
5816 | vendorhtml3direxp (vendorhtml3dir.U): |
5817 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorhtml3dir, so that you | |
10305dfa JH |
5818 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. |
5819 | ||
a3635516 JH |
5820 | vendorlib (vendorlib.U): |
5821 | This variable contains the eventual value of the VENDORLIB symbol, | |
f868067f JH |
5822 | which is the name of the private library for this package. |
5823 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5824 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own | |
5825 | modules in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5826 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
f868067f | 5827 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
a3635516 | 5828 | |
526fdc24 MS |
5829 | vendorlib_stem (vendorlib.U): |
5830 | This variable is $vendorlibexp with any trailing version-specific component | |
5831 | removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can | |
5832 | be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. | |
5833 | ||
a3635516 JH |
5834 | vendorlibexp (vendorlib.U): |
5835 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorlib, so that you | |
5836 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. | |
5837 | ||
e755722e | 5838 | vendorman1dir (vendorman1dir.U): |
635aebb7 | 5839 | This variable contains the name of the directory for man1 |
10305dfa JH |
5840 | pages. It may have a ~ on the front. |
5841 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5842 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own | |
5843 | man1 pages in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5844 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
10305dfa JH |
5845 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
5846 | ||
e755722e JH |
5847 | vendorman1direxp (vendorman1dir.U): |
5848 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorman1dir, so that you | |
10305dfa JH |
5849 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. |
5850 | ||
e755722e | 5851 | vendorman3dir (vendorman3dir.U): |
635aebb7 | 5852 | This variable contains the name of the directory for man3 |
10305dfa JH |
5853 | pages. It may have a ~ on the front. |
5854 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5855 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own | |
5856 | man3 pages in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5857 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
10305dfa JH |
5858 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
5859 | ||
e755722e JH |
5860 | vendorman3direxp (vendorman3dir.U): |
5861 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorman3dir, so that you | |
10305dfa JH |
5862 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. |
5863 | ||
a3635516 JH |
5864 | vendorprefix (vendorprefix.U): |
5865 | This variable holds the full absolute path of the directory below | |
5866 | which the vendor will install add-on packages. | |
f868067f | 5867 | See INSTALL for usage and examples. |
a3635516 JH |
5868 | |
5869 | vendorprefixexp (vendorprefix.U): | |
5870 | This variable holds the full absolute path of the directory below | |
5871 | which the vendor will install add-on packages. Derived from vendorprefix. | |
5872 | ||
10305dfa JH |
5873 | vendorscript (vendorscript.U): |
5874 | This variable contains the eventual value of the VENDORSCRIPT symbol. | |
5875 | It may have a ~ on the front. | |
5876 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5877 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place additional | |
5878 | executable scripts in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5879 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
10305dfa JH |
5880 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
5881 | ||
5882 | vendorscriptexp (vendorscript.U): | |
5883 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorscript, so that you | |
5884 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. | |
5885 | ||
781b178c | 5886 | version (patchlevel.U): |
ff935051 | 5887 | The full version number of this package, such as 5.6.1 (or 5_6_1). |
c890dc6c | 5888 | This combines revision, patchlevel, and subversion to get the |
ff935051 JH |
5889 | full version number, including any possible subversions. |
5890 | This is suitable for use as a directory name, and hence is | |
5891 | filesystem dependent. | |
781b178c | 5892 | |
27713a04 JH |
5893 | version_patchlevel_string (patchlevel.U): |
5894 | This is a string combining version, subversion and | |
635aebb7 AL |
5895 | perl_patchlevel (if perl_patchlevel is non-zero). |
5896 | It is typically something like | |
27713a04 JH |
5897 | 'version 7 subversion 1' or |
5898 | 'version 7 subversion 1 patchlevel 11224' | |
5899 | It is computed here to avoid duplication of code in myconfig.SH | |
635aebb7 | 5900 | and lib/Config.pm. |
27713a04 | 5901 | |
d56c5707 JH |
5902 | versiononly (versiononly.U): |
5903 | If set, this symbol indicates that only the version-specific | |
5904 | components of a perl installation should be installed. | |
5905 | This may be useful for making a test installation of a new | |
5906 | version without disturbing the existing installation. | |
5907 | Setting versiononly is equivalent to setting installperl's -v option. | |
5908 | In particular, the non-versioned scripts and programs such as | |
5909 | a2p, c2ph, h2xs, pod2*, and perldoc are not installed | |
5910 | (see INSTALL for a more complete list). Nor are the man | |
5911 | pages installed. | |
5912 | Usually, this is undef. | |
5913 | ||
781b178c JH |
5914 | vi (Loc.U): |
5915 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5916 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 5917 | |
781b178c JH |
5918 | xlibpth (libpth.U): |
5919 | This variable holds extra path (space-separated) used to find | |
5920 | libraries on this platform, for example CPU-specific libraries | |
5921 | (on multi-CPU platforms) may be listed here. | |
5922 | ||
f1258252 MB |
5923 | xlocale_needed (d_newlocale.U): |
5924 | This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should | |
5925 | include <xlocale.h> to get newlocale() and its friends. | |
5926 | ||
4492b098 JH |
5927 | yacc (yacc.U): |
5928 | This variable holds the name of the compiler compiler we | |
5929 | want to use in the Makefile. It can be yacc, byacc, or bison -y. | |
5930 | ||
2d967e39 JH |
5931 | yaccflags (yacc.U): |
5932 | This variable contains any additional yacc flags desired by the | |
5933 | user. It is up to the Makefile to use this. | |
5934 | ||
781b178c JH |
5935 | zcat (Loc.U): |
5936 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5937 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
5938 | |
5939 | zip (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 5940 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
5941 | full pathname (if any) of the zip program. After Configure runs, |
5942 | the value is reset to a plain "zip" and is not useful. | |
5943 |